WO2006029838A2 - Secreted polypeptide species involved in alzheimer’s disease - Google Patents

Secreted polypeptide species involved in alzheimer’s disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006029838A2
WO2006029838A2 PCT/EP2005/009875 EP2005009875W WO2006029838A2 WO 2006029838 A2 WO2006029838 A2 WO 2006029838A2 EP 2005009875 W EP2005009875 W EP 2005009875W WO 2006029838 A2 WO2006029838 A2 WO 2006029838A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
adp
polypeptide
amino acid
disease
alzheimer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2005/009875
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006029838A3 (en
Inventor
Thierry Baussant
Lydie Bougueleret
Isabelle Cusin
Eve Mahe
Anne Niknejad
Samia Reffas
Original Assignee
Geneprot Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Geneprot Inc. filed Critical Geneprot Inc.
Publication of WO2006029838A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006029838A2/en
Publication of WO2006029838A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006029838A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • G01N33/6896Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/28Neurological disorders
    • G01N2800/2814Dementia; Cognitive disorders
    • G01N2800/2821Alzheimer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • the invention relates to secreted polypeptide species involved in Alzheimer's disease, to isolated polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides, to polymorphic variants thereof, and to the use of said nucleic acids and polypeptides or compositions thereof in detection assays, for Alzheimer's disease diagnosis, and for drug development.
  • Alzheimer's disease represents a major public health issue for health care providers and long term care facilities. It is the most common cause of dementia in persons 65 years of age and older and is the fourth leading cause of death among the elderly. It currently afflicts an estimated four million people in the United States and at least 12 million people worldwide.
  • Alzheimer's disease is an incurable, progressive, terminal brain disease that afflicts mainly the elderly. It is marked by an irreversible decline in mental abilities, including memory, language and comprehension, and often accompanied by changes in behavior and personality. The course of the illness is typically from 8 to 12 years from the onset of symptoms to death.
  • the definition of the disease is histologic, with 2 hallmarks being the shrinkage or disappearance of brain cells that are ⁇ replaced by neuritic (amyloid) plaques, and the apparition of thread-like tangles within brain cells (neurofibrillary tangles).
  • AD neurotransmitter Acetylcholine
  • Risk factors of the disease include: age, as incidence increases with aging (from 1% at 65 years up to 25% at 85 years) - genetics, although the most common form of AD is sporadic (90 % in elderly vs. inherited form: 10 %, in adults 40 to 50 years old) - Down syndrome, as patients develop AD like illness if they are older than 35 years. The latter is linked to the fact that the amyloid precursor protein gene is on Ch 21.
  • Familial AD can involve the Presenilin-1 gene (on Ch 14), which encodes the S 182 protein (muted in FAD).
  • Presenilin-2 gene on Ch 1
  • STM2 protein which also causes FAD upon mutations.
  • the ApoE gene on Ch 19 had also been reported to be linked with AD. This protein is involved in cholesterol transport.
  • the gene is composed of 3 alleles' ApoE2, ApoE3, ApoE4. ApoE, and the AD risk increases with phenotype ApoE4/ApoE4, whereas it decreases with phenotype ApoE2. care, institutional and social costs for the treatment and care of Alzheimer's disease sufferers.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • Namenda® is an N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDA) antagonist which blocks glutamate activity.
  • Alzheimer's disease is important to physicians, patients and their families and enables them to make informed and early social, legal and medical decisions about treatment and care. Early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease has become increasingly important with new improvements in drug treatment and care. Even a modest delay in institutionalization can mean substantial social and financial savings. Conversely, any testing procedure that could help to rule out
  • Alzheimer's disease would eliminate the tremendous uncertainty and anxiety patients and their cognitive changes. Early diagnosis represents a potentially large cost-savings in the form of a reduced number of office visits, lab tests, scans and other procedures required by the traditional methods of diagnosis.
  • the invention provides specific Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) polypeptides whose concentrations are down- or up-regulated in the CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared with the same from individuals free from Alzheimer's disease.
  • CSF Cerebrospinal Fluid
  • the polypeptides of the invention are thus described as "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides" or ADPs. These polypeptide sequences are described as ADP 1-25 and comprise the tryptic sequences listed in Table 2.
  • the present invention discloses "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides" (ADPs), fragments, and post-translationally modified species of ADPs whose concentration is specifically altered in the CSF obtained from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared to the same from individuals free from Alzheimer's disease.
  • ADPs of the invention represent an important diagnostic tool for determining the risk of Alzheimer's disease.
  • ADPs are secreted factors and as such, are readily detectable and useful for drug development, diagnosis, and prevention of multiple sclerosis.
  • the ADPs of the invention are linked to factors which trigger the disease, and that as such they will permit to develop new treatments to alleviate disability.
  • the present invention discloses the remedi effect of two ADPs of the invention on the survival of neurons in culture.
  • the present invention is directed to compositions related to secreted polypeptides whose concentration is specifically altered in the Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) obtained from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared to the same from individuals free of Alzheimer's disease.
  • CSF Cerebrospinal Fluid
  • Such polypeptide species are designated herein "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides", or ADPs.
  • Such Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25.
  • Preferred ADPs comprise a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-3, 10-12, 21-22 and 25.
  • Compositions include ADP precursors, antibodies specific for ADPs, including monoclonal antibodies and other binding compositions derived therefrom. Further included are methods of making and using these compositions.
  • Precursors of the invention include proteolytic sites in the amino acid sequences of ADPs 1-25.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention includes ADPs having a posttranslational modification, such as a phosphorylation, glycosylation, acetylation, amidation, or a C-, N- or O- linked carbohydrate group. Additionally preferred are ADPs with intra- or inter-molecular interactions, e.g., disulfide and hydrogen bonds that result in higher order structures. Also preferred are ADPs that result from differential mRNA processing or splicing. Preferably, the ADPs represent posttranslationally modified species, structural variants, or splice variants that are altered in CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease.
  • the invention includes ADPs comprising a sequence which is at least 75 percent identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25.
  • the invention includes polypeptides comprising at least 80 percent, and more preferably at least 85 percent, and still more preferably at least 90 percent, identity with any one of the sequences selected from ADPs 1-25.
  • the invention includes polypeptides comprising a sequence at least 95 percent identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25.
  • the invention includes natural variants of ADPs having a frequency in a selected population of at least two percent. More preferably, such natural variant has a frequency in a selected population of at least five percent, and still more preferably, at least ten percent. Most preferably, such natural variant has a frequency in a selected population of at least twenty percent.
  • the selected population may be any recognized population of study in the field of population genetics. Preferably, the selected population is Caucasian, Negroid, or Asian. More preferably, the selected population is French, German, English, Spanish, Swiss, Japanese, Chinese, Irish, Korean, Singaporean, Icelandic, North American, Israeli, Arab, Turkish, Greek, Italian, Polish, Pacific Islander, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish, Estonian, Austrian, or Indian.
  • the selected population is Icelandic, Saami, Finnish, French of Caucasian ancestry, Swiss, Singaporean of Chinese ancestry, Korean, Japanese, Quebecian, North American Pima Indians, Pennsylvanian Amish and Amish Mennonite, Newfoundlander, or Polynesian.
  • a preferred aspect of the invention provides a composition comprising an isolated ADP, i.e., an ADP free from proteins or protein isoforms having a significantly different isoelectric point or a .significantly different apparent molecular weight from the ADP.
  • the isoelectric point and molecular weight of an ADP may be indicated by affinity and size-based separation chromatography, 2- dimensional gel analysis, and mass spectrometry.
  • the invention provides particular polypeptide species that comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1- 25).
  • ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries in public databases, as set forth in Table 1.
  • Preferred species are polypeptides that i) comprise an amino acid sequence of any one of ADPs 1-25; ii) appear at an acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries set forth in Table 1.
  • the invention includes modified ADPs.
  • modifications include protecting/blocking groups, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, and detectable labels, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and isolation of the protein
  • Chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4, acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, or metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin.
  • the ADPs are modified at random positions within the molecule, or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include one, two, three or more attached chemical moieties.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a modulator of at least one ADP biological activity comprising the steps of: i) contacting a test modulator of an ADP biological activity with the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); ii) detecting the level of said ADP biological activity; and iii) comparing the level of said ADP biological activity to that of a control sample lacking said test modulator. Where the difference in the level of ADP protein biological activity is a decrease, the test modulator is an inhibitor of at least one ADP biological activity. Where the difference in the level of ADP biological activity is an increase, the test substance is an activator of at least one ADP biological activity.
  • a method of identifying a modulator of Alzheimer's disease comprises the steps of: (a) administering a candidate agent to a non- human test animal which is predisposed to be affected or which is affected by Alzheimer's disease; (b) administering the candidate agent of (a) to a matched control non-human animal not predisposed to be affected or not being affected by Alzheimer's disease; (c) detecting and /or quantifying the level of at least one polypeptide in a biological sample obtained from the non-human test animal of step (a) and from the control animal of step (b), wherein at least one polypeptide is selected from: (i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); (ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); (ii)
  • the invention includes polynucleotides encoding an ADP of the invention, polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25), antisense oligonucleotides complementary to such sequences, oligonucleotides complementary to ADP gene sequences for diagnostic and analytical assays (e.g., PCR, hybridization-based techniques), and vectors for expressing ADPs.
  • ADPs 1-25 amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25)
  • antisense oligonucleotides complementary to such sequences oligonucleotides complementary to ADP gene sequences for diagnostic and analytical assays (e.g., PCR, hybridization-based techniques), and vectors for expressing ADPs.
  • the invention provides a vector comprising DNA encoding an ADP.
  • the invention also includes host cells and transgenic nonhuman animals comprising such a vector.
  • One preferred method comprises the steps of (a) providing a host cell containing an expression vector as disclosed above; (b) culturing the host cell under conditions whereby the DNA segment is expressed; and (c) recovering the protein encoded by the DNA segment.
  • Another preferred method comprises the steps of: (a) providing a host cell capable of expressing an ADP; (b) culturing said host cell under conditions that allow expression of said ADP; and (c) recovering said ADP.
  • the expression vector further comprises a secretory signal sequence operably linked to the DNA segment, the cell secretes the protein into a culture medium, and the protein is recovered from the medium.
  • a secretory signal sequence operably linked to the DNA segment, the cell secretes the protein into a culture medium, and the protein is recovered from the medium.
  • the invention includes isolated antibodies specific for any of the polypeptides, peptide fragments, or peptides described above.
  • the antibodies of the invention are monoclonal antibodies.
  • antibodies that bind to an ADP exclusively that is, antibodies that do not recognize other polypeptides with high affinity.
  • Anti-ADP antibodies have purification, diagnostic and prognostic applications.
  • Preferred anti-ADP antibodies for purification and diagnosis are attached to a label group. Diagnostic methods include, but are not limited to, those that employ antibodies or antibody-derived compositions specific for an ADP antigen. Diagnostic methods for detecting ADPs in specific tissue samples and biological fluids (preferably CSF), and for detecting levels of expression of ADPs in tissues, also form part of the invention.
  • Compositions comprising one or more antibodies described above, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also within the scope of the invention, for example, for in vivo diagnosis and drug screening methods.
  • the invention further provides methods for diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease that comprise detecting the level of at least one ADP in a sample of body fluid, preferably CSF.
  • a sample of body fluid preferably CSF.
  • compositions including primers complementary to ADP genes and/or messenger RNA and anti- ADP antibodies, for detecting and measuring quantities of ADPs in tissues and biological fluids, preferably CSF.
  • methods are also suitable for clinical screening, prognosis, monitoring the results of therapy, and identifying patients most likely to respond to a particular therapeutic treatment, drug screening and development, and identifying new targets for drug treatment.
  • a still further aspect of the invention relates to a method for monitoring the efficacy of a treatment of a subject having or at risk of developing Alzheimer's disease with an agent, which comprises the steps of: (a) obtaining a pre-administration biological sample from the subject prior to administration of the agent; (b) detecting and /or quantifying the level of at least one polypeptide in the biological sample from said subject, wherein the at least one polypeptide is selected from (i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); (ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25) and (iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and which comprises steps (c) obtaining one
  • kits that may be used in the above-recited methods and that may comprise single or multiple preparations, or antibodies, together with other reagents, label groups, substrates, if needed, and directions for use.
  • the kits may be used for diagnosis of disease, or may be assays for the identification of new diagnostic and/ or therapeutic agents.
  • detection of altered CSF levels of at least one ADP of the invention indicates an increased risk that an individual will develop Alzheimer's disease.
  • said detection indicates that an individual has at least a 1.05-fold, 1.1-fold, 1.15-fold, and more preferably at least a 1.2-fold increased likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease.
  • detection of altered CSF levels of at least one ADP of the invention indicates that an individual has Alzheimer's disease.
  • the amount of ADP increase or decrease observed in an individual CSF sample compared to a control sample will correlate with the certainty of the prediction or diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease.
  • ADP is detected in a human CSF sample by the methods of the invention.
  • Especially preferred techniques are mass spectrometry and immunodetection.
  • Alzheimer's disease is based on at least a Ll-, 1.15-, 1.2-, 1.25-, and more preferably a 1.5-fold
  • the invention further includes methods of using ADP-modulating compositions to prevent or treat disorders associated with aberrant expression or processing of ADPs 1-25 in an individual.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing or treating Alzheimer's disease in an individual comprising the steps of: determining that an individual suffers from or is at risk of Alzheimer's disease and introducing an ADP-modulating composition to said individual.
  • Figure 1 shows the effect of ADP 23 of the invention on cortical neurons survival, as described in Exanple 5.
  • Figure 2 shows the effect of ADP 9 of the invention on cortical neurons survival, as described in Exanple 5.
  • the present invention described in detail below provides methods, compositions, and kits useful for screening, diagnosis, and treatment of Alzheimer's disease in a mammalian individual; for identifying individuals most likely to respond to a particular therapeutic treatment; for monitoring the results of Alzheimer's disease therapy; for screening ADP modulators; and for drug development.
  • the invention also encompasses the administration of therapeutic compositions to a mammalian individual to treat or prevent Alzheimer's disease.
  • the mammalian individual may be a non-human mammal, but is preferably human, more preferably a human adult.
  • the invention will be described with respect to the analysis of CSF samples.
  • the assays and techniques described below can be applied to other biological fluid samples (e.g. serum, lymph, bile, plasma, saliva or urine) or tissue samples from an individual at risk of having or developing Alzheimer's disease.
  • biological fluid samples e.g. serum, lymph, bile, plasma, saliva or urine
  • tissue samples from an individual at risk of having or developing Alzheimer's disease.
  • the methods and compositions of the present invention are useful for screening, diagnosis and prognosis of a living individual, but may also be used for postmortem diagnosis in an individual, for example, to identify family members " who are at risk of developing the same disorder.
  • nucleic acids and “nucleic acid molecule” is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single- stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • nucleotide sequence may be employed to designate indifferently a the nucleic material itself and is thus not restricted to the sequence information (i.e. the succession of letters chosen among the four base letters) that biochemically characterizes a specific DNA or RNA molecule.
  • sequence information i.e. the succession of letters chosen among the four base letters
  • an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
  • an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • the isolated ADP nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • ADP nucleic acid molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989).
  • hybridizes to is intended to describe conditions for moderate stringency or high stringency hybridization, preferably where the hybridization and washing conditions permit nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other to remain hybridized to each other.
  • the conditions are such that sequences at least about 70%, more preferably at least about 80%, even more preferably at least about 85%, 90%, 95% or 98% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
  • Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.
  • stringent hybridization conditions for nucleic acid interactions are as follows: the hybridization step is realized at 65 0 C in the presence of 6 x SSC buffer, 5 x Denhardt's solution, 0,5% SDS and lOO ⁇ g/ml of salmon sperm DNA. The hybridization step is followed by four washing steps:
  • hybridization conditions being suitable for a nucleic acid molecule of about 20 nucleotides in length. It will be appreciated that the hybridization conditions described above are to be adapted according to the length of the desired nucleic acid, following techniques well known to the one skilled in the art, for example be adapted according to the teachings disclosed in Hames B. D. and Higgins Oxford; and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology.
  • Percent homology is used herein to refer to both nucleic acid sequences and amino acid sequences.
  • Amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”.
  • the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes).
  • the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% of the length of the reference sequence.
  • the amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position.
  • the comparison of sequences and determination of percent homology between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
  • a preferred, non-limiting example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Karlin and
  • Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Research 25(17):3389-3402.
  • the default parameters of the respective programs e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST
  • XBLAST and NBLAST can be used. See http://www.ncbLnlm.nih.gov, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • polypeptide refers to a polymer of amino acids without regard to the length of the polymer; thus, peptides, oligopeptides, and proteins are included within the definition of polypeptide. This term also does not specify or exclude post-translational modifications of polypeptides, for example, polypeptides which include the covalent attachment of glycosyl, acetyl, phosphate, amide, lipid, carboxyl, acyl, or carbohydrate groups are expressly encompassed by the term polypeptide.
  • polypeptides which contain one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally in an unrelated biological system, modified amino acids from mammalian systems etc.), polypeptides with substituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring.
  • amino acid including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally in an unrelated biological system, modified amino acids from mammalian systems etc.
  • polypeptides with substituted linkages as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring.
  • protein as used herein may be used synonymously with the term “polypeptide” or may refer to, in addition, a complex of two or more polypeptides which may be linked by bonds other than peptide bonds, for example, such polypeptides making up the protein may be linked by disulfide bonds.
  • protein may also comprehend a family of polypeptides having identical amino acid sequences but different post-translational modifications, particularly as may be added when such proteins are expressed in eukaryotic hosts.
  • an “isolated” or “purified” protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which it is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • the language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of a protein according to the invention in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced.
  • the language "substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of a protein according to the invention having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of protein other than the protein of the invention (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of protein other than the protein according to the invention, still more preferably less than about 10% o ⁇ pr ⁇ tein other than the protein according to the invention, and most preferably less than about 5% of protein other than the protein according to the invention.
  • substantially-freeOfculture medium i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of a protein of the invention in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of a protein of the invention having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non- chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-protein chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-protein chemicals.
  • recombinant polypeptide is used herein to refer to polypeptides that have been artificially designed and which comprise at least two polypeptide sequences that are not found as contiguous polypeptide sequences in their initial natural environment, or to refer to polypeptides which have been expressed from a recombinant polynucleotide.
  • ADP Alzheimer's disease Polypeptide
  • ADP refers to a polypeptide comprising the sequence described by any one of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2. Each peptide listed in Table 2 corresponds to one of ADPs 1-25, as described in Table 2.
  • the polypeptide sequences of ADPs 1-25 comprise the amino acid sequences of the corresponding peptide(s) listed in Table 2.
  • Preferably ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries in public databases as set forth in Table 1 Such polypeptide may be post-translationally modified as described herein.
  • ADPs may also contain other structural or chemical modifications such as disulfide linkages or amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen and amide bonds that result in complex secondary or tertiary structures.
  • ADPs also include mutant polypeptides, such as deletion, addition, swap, or truncation mutants, fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides, and polypeptide fragments of at least three, but preferably 8, 10, 12, 15, or 21 contiguous amino acids of the sequence of ADPs 1-25. Further included are ADP proteolytic precursors and intermediates of the sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25.
  • the invention embodies polypeptides encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of ADP genes or ADP mRNA species, preferably human ADP genes and mRNA species, including isolated ADPs consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comprising the sequence of ADPs 1-25.
  • Preferred ADPs retain at least one biological activity of ADPs 1-25.
  • biological activity refers to any single function carried out by an
  • ADP ADP. These include but are not limited to: (1) indicating a reduced or increased likelihood that an individual has or will have Alzheimer's disease; (2) circulating through the CSF of individuals with a reduced or increased risk of developing Alzheimer's disease; (3) antigenicity, or the ability to bind an anti-ADP specific antibody; (4) immunogenicity, or the ability to generate an anti-ADP specific antibody; (5) forming intermolecular amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen, amide, or preferably disulfide links; (6) being posttranslationally modified, especially by specific proteolysis and amidation; (7) interaction with an ADP target molecule; (8) improving cognitive functions; (9) reducing neuronal loss; (10) increasing neuronal survival; and (11) protecting neurons against glutamate or hypoxia injury.
  • an "ADP modulator” is a molecule (e.g., polynucleotide, polypeptide, small molecule, or antibody) that is capable of modulating (i.e., increasing or decreasing) either the expression or the biological activity of the ADPs of the invention.
  • An ADP modulator that enhances modulator that represses ADP expression or activity is described as an ADP inhibitor or antagonist.
  • ADP modulators increase/ decrease the expression or activity by at least 5, 10, or 20%.
  • ADP inhibitors include anti-ADP antibodies, fragments thereof, antisense polynucleotides, and molecules characterized by screening assays, as described herein.
  • ADP agonists include polynucleotide expression vectors and molecules characterized by screening assays as described herein.
  • antibody refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen-binding site which specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof.
  • an antigen such as an ADP
  • a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof binds to an ADP exclusively and do not recognize other polypeptides with high affinity.
  • immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab') 2 fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody with an enzyme such as pepsin.
  • the invention provides polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that bind an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular ADP with which it immunoreacts.
  • Preferred ADP antibodies are attached to a label group.
  • label group is any compound that, when attached to a polynucleotide or polypeptide (including antibodies), allows for detection or purification of said polynucleotide or polypeptide. Label groups may be detected or purified directly or indirectly by a secondary compound, including an antibody specific for said label group. Useful label groups include
  • radioisotopes e.g., P, S, H, I
  • fluorescent compounds e.g., 5-bromodesoxyuridin, umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride, phycoerythrin acetylaminofluorene, digoxigenin
  • luminescent compounds e.g., luminol, GFP, luciferin, aequorin
  • enzymes or enzyme co-factor detectable labels e.g., peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase
  • compounds that are recognized by a secondary factor such as strepavidin, GST, or biotin.
  • a label group is attached to a polynucleotide or polypeptide in such a
  • Radioisotopes may be detected by direct counting of radioemission, film exposure, or by scintillation counting, for example.
  • Enzymatic labels may be detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product, usually causing a fluorescent reaction. fluorescent microscopy, fluorescent activated cell sorting, or a luminometer.
  • an antibody is said to "selectively bind” or “specifically bind” to a target if the antibody recognizes and binds the target of interest but does not substantially recognize and bind other molecules in a sample, e.g., a biological sample, which includes the target of interest.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • Other vectors are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors".
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • an anti- Alzheimer's disease effective amount is the amount of an agent required to reduce a symptom of Alzheimer's disease in an individual by at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, or preferably 25%.
  • the term may also describe the amount of an agent required to ameliorate a Alzheimer's disease-caused symptom in an individual.
  • Symptoms of Alzheimer's disease are diverse and many, but can be for example of the following types: decline of mental abilities, including memory, language and comprehension.
  • the effective amount for a particular patient may vary depending on such factors as the diagnostic method of the symptom being measured, the state of the condition being treated, the overall health of the patient, method of administration, and the severity of side-effects.
  • ADPs Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides
  • ADPs 1-25 comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2.
  • ADPs 1-25 are secreted and circulate in CSF, but appear at an increased or a decreased level, as detailed in Table 1, in the CSF of individuals that have or are at risk of wherein an altered level of an ADP indicates an increased risk of developing, or the presence of, Alzheimer's disease.
  • ADPs are useful for drug design and in therapeutic strategies for prevention and treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
  • Preferred ADPs comprise a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-3, 10-12, 21-22 and 25.
  • ADPs are polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2.
  • ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries set forth in Table 1. Such additional amino acids are fused in frame with the selected ADP sequence to form contiguous amino acid sequence.
  • ADPs Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides
  • ADPs are used herein to embrace any and all of the peptides, polypeptides and proteins of the present invention. Also forming part of the invention are polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention, as well as fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides.
  • the invention embodies ADPs from humans, including isolated or purified ADPs consisting of, or comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences set forth in Table 2. Further included are unmodified precursors, proteolytic precursors and intermediates of the sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences set forth in Table 2.
  • the present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 3 amino acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, with an ADP biological activity.
  • the contiguous stretch of amino acids comprises the site of a mutation or functional mutation, including a deletion, addition, swap or truncation of the amino acids in the ADP sequence.
  • the invention also concerns the polypeptide encoded by the ADP nucleotide sequences of the invention, or a complementary sequence thereof or a fragment thereof.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated ADPs, and biologically active portions thereof, as well as polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-ADP antibodies.
  • native ADP peptides can be isolated from CSF, cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques.
  • ADPs are produced by recombinant DNA techniques.
  • Alternative to recombinant expression, an ADP can be synthesized chemically using peptide synthesis techniques, as described in the section titled "Chemical Manufacture of ADP compositions" and in Example 2.
  • biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of an ADP.
  • a biologically active ADP may, for example, comprise at least 1, 2, 3, or 5 amino acid changes from the sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2, or comprise at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10% or 15% change in amino acids from said sequence.
  • the polypeptides of the invention, ADPs 1-25 are described in Tables 1 and 2. For each ADP, Table 1 provides:
  • OD indicates that the protein is more abundant in the control samples than in the disease samples
  • D>C indicates that the protein is more abundant in the disease samples than in the control samples
  • C indicates that the protein was only detected in the control samples
  • D indicates that the protein was only detected in the disease samples.
  • Protein Type denotes a polypeptide sequence whose length is described by the positions listed in the column Amino Acids, but with no other known distinctions from the sequence in the public database.
  • “Fragment” denotes a particular, newly defined, fragment, spanning the positions described in the Amino Acids column.
  • ' ⁇ Variant denotes a polypeptide that deviates from the amino acid sequence in the public database. The nature of the variation is described in parenthesis. - The accession numbers listed in Table 1 are references for the the SwissPROT/TrEMBL databases, both of which are publicly available, for example at: http://www.expasy.ch.
  • the polypeptides of the invention are defined by the tryptic peptides listed in Table 2. These peptides were isolated at an altered level from the CSF of Alzheimer's disease patients and characterized according to the MicroProt® method, as described in Example 1.
  • the ADPs of the invention are all less than or around 2OkD in molecular weight, as the CSF sample is first separated based on molecular weight. As described in Example 1, the CSF sample is subjected to a number of chromatography separations. Details about these chromatography methods are given in Example 1.
  • the first separation is on a cation exchange chromatography column, which is eluted with increasing salt concentration. Six fractions are collected.
  • the CEX column in Table 2 lists which fraction contained each tryptic peptide. Separation by cation exchange provides an indication of the overall positive charge of a polypeptide species. Cation exchange is followed by a reverse phase HPLC separation. The RP column in Table 2 lists in which of the 15 fractions each tryptic peptide eluted. Separation by reverse phase provides an indication of the overall hydrophobicity of a polypeptide species.
  • the tryptic sequences corresponding to the ADP of interest, in the sample of interest (Control or Disease), and in the CEX and RP fractions of interest, are listed, and for each of these sequences, the SEQ ID No is indicated within square brackets, and the Olav scores are indicated within parenthesis; these scores reflect, among other things, the strength of the experimental MS-MS signal over noise as detected by the MS-MS data identification software, and thus indicate the protein concentration in the sample.
  • the ratio of protein levels in Alzheimer's disease versus control CSF samples is calculated by two methods. The first method calculates the AD / Control ratio by the number of fractions from each sample containing the ADP.
  • ADP 1 For example, for ADP 1, this calculation is 4 / 34 (see Table 2), indicating an 8.5-fold decrease in ADP 1 in Alzheimer's disease CSF.
  • the Olav scores obtained for each peptide in the mass spectrometry data analysis software are used to give a weighted ratio.
  • the calculation is 1784 / 218, resulting in 8.2.
  • ADP 1 is present at a 8.2-fold lower level in AD CSF compared to control CSF.
  • ADPs 7, 8, 9, 24 and 25 were detected only in control CSF samples.
  • the MicroProt® process is able to detect very low abundance proteins with a CSF concentration in the range of a few hundreds of pM.
  • these polypeptides are present at vanishingly low levels, if at all, in the CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease.
  • ADP 23 was detected only in Alzheimer's disease samples.
  • the MicroProt® process is able to detect very low abundance proteins with a CSF concentration in the range of a few hundreds of pM.
  • this polypeptide is present at vanishingly low levels, if at all, in the CSF from control individuals.
  • ADP 25 is a variant of the SwissProt entry P02679, as described in Table 1. Interestingly, the wild type protein was also detected in the study described herein, but it was measured at nearly equivalent abundance levels in the Control and in the AD populations.
  • ADP 15 is the Complement C4 gamma chain from the SwissProt entry PO 1028, as described in Table 1. Interestingly, two other processed chains from the same entry (the Complement C4 alpha chain, from amino acids 680 to 1446 of the SwissProt entry, and the C4a anaphylatoxin chain, from amino acids 680 to 756 of the SwissProt entry) were also detected in the study described herein, but they were measured at nearly equivalent abundance levels in the Control and in the AD populations.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to purified or isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode ADPs or biologically active portions thereof as further described herein, as well as nucleic acid fragments thereof.
  • Said nucleic acids may be used for example in therapeutic (DNA vaccine) and diagnostic methods and in drug screening assays as further described herein.
  • An object of the invention is a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid coding for an ADP, complementary sequences thereto, and fragments thereof.
  • the invention also pertains to a purified or isolated nucleic acid comprising a polynucleotide having at least 95% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, advantageously 99 % nucleotide identity, preferably 99.5% nucleotide identity and most preferably 99.8% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof.
  • Another object of the invention relates to purified, isolated or recombinant nucleic acids comprising a polynucleotide that hybridizes, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined herein, with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, or a sequence complementary thereto or a variant thereof or a biologically active fragment thereof.
  • the invention pertains to purified or isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a portion or variant of an ADP, wherein the portion or variant displays an ADP biological activity.
  • the portion or variant is a portion or variant of a naturally occurring ADP or precursor thereof.
  • Another object of the invention is a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid encoding an ADP comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2, wherein the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes one or more motifs such-as a target binding site, or a disulfide bonding site.
  • the nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the ADP-encoding gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other ADPs (e g. sharing the novel functional domains), as well as ADP homologues from other species.
  • a nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically active portion of an ADP" can be prepared having an ADP biological activity, expressing the encoded portion of the ADP (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro or in vivo) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the ADP.
  • the invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the ADP nucleotide sequences of the invention due to degeneracy of the genetic code and encode the same ADPs of the invention.
  • DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of the ADPs may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymorphism may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation. Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of an ADP -encoding gene or nucleic acid sequence.
  • Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the ADP nucleic acids of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the ADP nucleic acids disclosed herein using the cDNAs disclosed herein, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
  • the invention comprises polypeptides having an amino acid sequence encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Polynucleotide sequences (or the complements thereof) encoding ADPs have various applications, including uses as hybridization probes, in chromosome and gene mapping, and in the generation of antisense RNA and DNA.
  • ADP-encoding nucleic acids are useful as targets for pharmaceutical intervention, e.g. for the development of DNA vaccines, and for the preparation of ADPs by recombinant techniques, as described herein.
  • the polynucleotides described herein, including sequence variants thereof, can be used in diagnostic assays. Accordingly, diagnostic methods based on detecting the presence of such polynucleotides in body fluids or tissue samples are a feature of the present invention.
  • nucleic acid based diagnostic assays examples include, but are not limited to, hybridization assays, e.g., in situ hybridization, and PCR-based assays.
  • Polynucleotides including extended length polynucleotides, sequence variants and fragments thereof, as described herein, may be used to generate hybridization-probes or PCR primers for use in such assays.
  • Such probes and primers will be capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences that are similar, or complementary to, the ADP polynucleotides described herein.
  • the invention includes primer pairs for carrying out a PCR to amplify a segment of a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • Each primer of a pair is an oligonucleotide having a length of between 15 and 30 nucleotides such that i) one primer of the pair forms a perfectly matched duplex match duplex with the complementary strand of the same polynucleotide, and ⁇ ) the primers of a pair form such perfectly matched duplexes at sites on the polynucleotide that separated by a distance of between 10 and 2500 nucleotides.
  • the annealing temperature of each primer of a pair to its respective complementary sequence is substantially the same.
  • Hybridization probes derived from polynucleotides of the invention can be used, for example, in performing in situ hybridization on tissue samples, such as fixed or frozen tissue sections prepared on microscopic slides or suspended cells. Briefly, a labeled DNA or RNA probe is allowed to bind its DNA or RNA target sample in the tissue section on a prepared microscopic, under controlled conditions. Generally, dsDNA probes consisting of the DNA of interest cloned into a plasmid or bacteriophage DNA vector are used for this purpose, although ssDNA or ssRNA probes may also be used. Probes are generally oligonucleotides between about 15 and 40 nucleotides in length.
  • the probes can be polynucleotide probes generated by PCR random priming primer extension or in vitro transcription of RNA from plasmids (riboprobes). These latter probes are typically several hundred base pairs in length.
  • the probes can be labeled by any of a number of label groups and the particular detection method will correspond to the type of label utilized on the probe (e.g., autoradiography, X-ray detection, fluorescent or visual microscopic analysis, as appropriate).
  • the reaction can be further amplified in situ using immunocytochemical techniques directed against the label of the detector molecule used, such as an antibody directed to a fluorescein moiety present on a fiuorescently labeled probe. Specific labeling and in situ detection methods can be found, for example, in Howard, G. C, Ed., Methods in Nonradioactive Detection, Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn., (1993), herein incorporated by reference.
  • Hybridization probes and PCR primers may also be selected from the genomic sequences corresponding to the full-length proteins identified in accordance with the present invention, including promoter, enhancer elements and introns of the gene encoding the naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding an ADP can also be used to construct hybridization probes for mapping the gene encoding that ADP and for the genetic analysis of individuals. Individuals carrying variations of, or mutations in the gene encoding an ADP of the present invention may be detected at the DNA level by a variety of techniques. Nucleic acids used for diagnosis may be obtained from a patient's cells, including, for example, tissue biopsy and autopsy material.
  • Genomic DNA may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR (Saiki, et al. Nature 324: 163-166 (1986)) prior to analysis.
  • RNA or cDNA may also be used for the same purpose.
  • PCR primers complementary to the nucleic acid of the present invention can be used to identify and analyze mutations in the gene of the present invention. Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the normal genotype.
  • Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled RNA of the invention or alternatively, radiolabeled antisense DNA sequences of the assays, such as KNase and Sl protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g. Cotton, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85 4397-4401 (1985)), or by differences in melting temperatures. "Molecular beacons" (Kostrikis L. G.
  • hairpin-shaped, single-stranded synthetic oligonucleotides containing probe sequences which are complementary to the nucleic acid of the present invention may also be used to detect point mutations or other sequence changes as well as monitor expression levels of ADPs.
  • Oligonucleotide and Antisense Compounds are synthesized by conventional means on a commercially available automated DNA synthesizer, e.g. an Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA) model 380B, 392 or 394 DNA/RNA synthesizer, or like instrument.
  • a commercially available automated DNA synthesizer e.g. an Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA) model 380B, 392 or 394 DNA/RNA synthesizer, or like instrument.
  • phosphoramidite chemistry is employed, e.g. as disclosed in the following references: Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron, 48: 2223-2311 (1992); Molko et al, U.S. patent 4,980,460; Koster et al, U.S.
  • nuclease resistant backbones are preferred.
  • modified oligonucleotides are available that confer nuclease resistance, e.g. phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoramidate, or the like, described in many references, e.g. phosphorothioates: Stec et al, U.S. patent 5,151,510; Hirschbein, U.S. patent 5,166,387; Bergot, U.S. patent 5,183,885; phosphoramidates: Froehler et al, International application
  • the length of the antisense oligonucleotides has to be sufficiently large to ensure that specific binding will take place only at the desired target polynucleotide and not at other fortuitous sites.
  • the upper range of the length is determined by several factors, including the inconvenience and expense of synthesizing and purifying oligomers greater than about 30-40 nucleotides in length, the greater tolerance of longer oligonucleotides for mismatches than shorter oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • the antisense oligonucleotides of the invention have lengths in the range of about 15 to 40 nucleotides. More preferably, the oligonucleotide moieties have lengths in the range of about 18 to 25 nucleotides.
  • Primers and probes of the invention can be prepared by any suitable method, including, for example, cloning and restriction of appropriate sequences and direct chemical synthesis by a method such-as-the phosphodiester .method of Narang SA et al (Methods Enzymol 1979;68:90-98), the phosphodiester method of Brown EL et al (Methods Enzymol 1979;68:109-151), the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al (Tetrahedron Lett 1981, 22: 1859-1862) and the reference in their entireties.
  • Detection probes are generally nucleic acid sequences or uncharged nucleic acid analogs such as, for example peptide nucleic acids which are disclosed in International Patent Application WO 92/20702, morpholino analogs which are described in U.S. Patents Numbered 5,185,444; 5,034,506 and 5,142,047.
  • the probe may be rendered "non-extendable" in that additional dNTPs cannot be added to the probe.
  • analogs usually are non-extendable and nucleic acid probes can be rendered non-extendable by modifying the 3' end of the probe such that the hydroxyl group is no longer capable of participating in elongation.
  • the 3' end of the probe can be functionalized with the capture or detection label to thereby consume or otherwise block the hydroxyl group.
  • any of the polynucleotides of the present invention can be labeled, if desired, by incorporating any label group known in the art to be detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means. Additional examples include non-radioactive labeling of nucleic acid fragments as described in Urdea et al. (Nucleic Acids Research. 11 :4937-4957, 1988) or Sanchez-Pescador et al. (J. Clin. Microbiol. 26(10): 1934-1938, 1988).
  • the probes according to the present invention may have structural characteristics such that they allow the signal amplification, such structural characteristics being, for example, branched DNA probes as those described by Urdea et al (Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 24:197-200, 1991) or in the European patent No. EP 0225807 (Chiron).
  • a label can also be used to capture the primer, so as to facilitate the immobilization of either the primer or a primer extension product, such as amplified DNA, on a solid support.
  • a capture label is attached to the primers or probes and can be a specific binding member which forms a binding pair with the solid's phase reagent's specific binding member (e.g. biotin and streptavidin). Therefore depending upon the type of label carried by a polynucleotide or a probe, it may be employed to capture or to detect the target DNA. Further, it will be understood that the polynucleotides, primers or probes provided herein, may, themselves, serve as the capture label.
  • a solid phase reagent's binding member is a nucleic acid sequence
  • it may be selected such that it binds a complementary portion of a primer or probe to thereby immobilize the primer or probe to the solid phase.
  • a polynucleotide probe itself serves as the binding member
  • the probe will contain a sequence or "tail" that is not complementary to the target.
  • a polynucleotide primer itself serves as the capture label
  • at least a portion of the primer will be free to hybridize with a nucleic acid on a solid phase.
  • DNA labeling techniques are well known to the skilled technician.
  • the probes of the present invention are useful for a number of purposes.
  • the probes can be notably used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA.
  • the probes can also be used to detect PCR amplification products. They may also be used to detect mismatches in ADP -encoding genes or Any of the nucleic acids, polynucleotides, primers and probes of the present invention can be conveniently immobilized on a solid support.
  • Solid supports are known to those skilled in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic beads, nitrocellulose strips, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, sheep (or other animal) red blood cells, duracytes and others. The solid support is not critical and can be selected by one skilled in the art.
  • Suitable methods for immobilizing nucleic acids on solid phases include ionic, hydrophobic, covalent interactions and the like.
  • a solid support refers to any material which is insoluble, or can be made insoluble by a subsequent reaction.
  • the solid support can be chosen for its intrinsic ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent.
  • the solid phase can retain an additional receptor which has the ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent.
  • the additional receptor can include a charged substance that is oppositely charged with respect to the capture reagent itself or to a charged substance conjugated to the capture reagent.
  • the receptor molecule can be any specific binding member attached to the solid support and which has the ability to immobilize the capture reagent through a specific binding reaction. The receptor molecule enables the indirect binding of the capture reagent to a solid support material before the performance of the assay or during the performance of the assay.
  • the solid phase thus can be a plastic, derivatized plastic, magnetic or non-magnetic metal, glass or silicon surface of a test tube, microtiter well, sheet, bead, microparticle, chip, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells, duracytes and other configurations known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the nucleic acids, polynucleotides, primers and probes of the invention can be attached to or immobilized on a solid support individually or in groups of at least 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, or 25 distinct polynucleotides of the invention to a single solid support.
  • polynucleotides other than those of the invention may be attached to the same solid support as one or more polynucleotides of the invention.
  • any polynucleotide provided herein may be attached in overlapping areas or at random locations on a solid support.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention may be attached in an ordered array wherein each polynucleotide is attached to a distinct region of the solid support which does not overlap with the attachment site of any other polynucleotide.
  • such an ordered array of polynucleotides is designed to be "addressable" where the distinct locations are recorded and can be accessed as part of an assay procedure.
  • Addressable polynucleotide arrays typically comprise a plurality of different oligonucleotide probes that are coupled to a surface of a substrate in different known locations.
  • allelic variants of the ADP sequences that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequences coding for ADPs, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded ADPs, with or without altering the functional ability of the ADPs.
  • variants including 1) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code, or 2) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group, or 3) one in which the mutated ADP is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), or 4) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the ADP, such as a leader, a signal or anchor sequence, a sequence which is employed for purification of the ADP, or sequence from a precursor protein.
  • variants are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art.
  • nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions can be made in the sequences that do not substantially change the biological activity of the protein.
  • amino acid residues that are shared among the ADPs of the present invention are predicted to be less amenable to alteration.
  • the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding ADPs that contain changes in amino acid residues that result in increased biological activity, or a modified biological activity.
  • the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding ADPs that contain changes in amino acid residues that are essential for an ADP biological activity.
  • Such ADPs differ in amino acid sequence from ADPs 1-25 and display reduced activity, or essentially lack one or more ADP biological activities.
  • Mutations, substitutions, additions, or deletions can be introduced into any of ADPs 1-25, by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis .and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. For example, conservative amino acid substitutions may be made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art.
  • amino acids with basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid
  • cysteine nonpolar side chains
  • nonpolar side chains e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan
  • beta-branched side chains e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine
  • aromatic side chains e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine
  • a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof may be replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of an ADP coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for ADP biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity.
  • the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined in any suitable assay, for example, as provided herein.
  • an ADP "chimeric protein" or “fusion protein” comprises an ADP of the invention or fragment thereof, operatively linked or fused in frame to a non-ADP polypeptide sequence.
  • an ADP fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of an ADP.
  • an ADP fusion protein comprises at least two biologically active portions of an ADP.
  • the fusion protein is a GST-ADP fusion protein in which ADP domain sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant ADPs.
  • the fusion protein is an ADP containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus, for example, to allow for a desired cellular localization in a certain host cell.
  • the fusion is an ADP biologically active fragment and an immunoglobulin molecule.
  • Such fusion proteins are useful, for example, to increase the valency of ADP binding sites.
  • a bivalent ADP binding site may be formed by fusing biologically active ADP fragments to an IgG Fc protein.
  • ADP fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-ADP antibodies in a subject, to purify ADP or ADP ligands and in screening assays to identify ADP modulators.
  • isolated fragments of ADPs can also be obtained by screening peptides recombinantly produced from the corresponding fragment of the nucleic acid encoding such peptides.
  • fragments can be chemically synthesized using techniques known in the art such as conventional Merrifield solid phase f-Moc or t-Boc chemistry.
  • an ADP of the present invention may be arbitrarily divided into fragments of desired length with no overlap of the fragments, or preferably divided into overlapping fragments of a desired length.
  • the fragments can be produced (recombinantly or by chemical synthesis) and tested to identify those peptidyl fragments with an ADP biological activity, for example, by microinjection assays or in vitro protein binding assays.
  • peptidyl portions of an ADP can be tested for ADP activity by expression as thioredoxin fusion proteins, each of which and PCT publication WO94/02502, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • libraries of fragments of an ADP coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of ADP fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of an ADP.
  • a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of ADP coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA which can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S 1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector.
  • an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal, C-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the ADP.
  • Modified ADPs can be used for such purposes as enhancing therapeutic or prophylactic efficacy, or stability (e.g., ex vivo shelf life and resistance to proteolytic degradation in vivo).
  • Such modified peptides when designed to retain at least one activity of the naturally occurring form of the protein, are considered functional equivalents of the ADP described in more detail herein.
  • Such modified peptide can be produced, for instance, by amino acid substitution, deletion, or addition.
  • Whether a change in the amino acid sequence of a peptide results in a functional ADP homolog can be readily determined by assessing at least one ADP biological activity of the variant peptide. Peptides in which more than one replacement has taken place can readily be tested in the same manner.
  • This invention further contemplates a method of generating sets of combinatorial mutants of the presently disclosed ADPs, as well as truncation and fragmentation mutants, and is especially useful for identifying potential variant sequences which are functional in binding to an ADP target protein but differ from a wild-type form of the protein by, for example, efficacy, potency and/or intracellular half-life.
  • One purpose for screening such combinatorial libraries is, for example, to isolate novel ADP homologs with altered biological activity, when compared with the wild-type protein, or alternatively, possessing novel activities all together. For example, mutagenesis can give rise to ADP homologs which have intracellular half-lives dramatically different than the corresponding wild-type protein.
  • the altered protein can be rendered.either more stable or less stable to proteolytic degradation, or cellular processes which result in destruction of, or otherwise inactivation of, an ADP.
  • ADP homologs, and the genes which encode them can be utilized to alter the envelope of expression for a particular recombinant ADP by modulating the half-life of the recombinant protein. For instance, a short half-life can give rise to more transient biological effects associated with a particular recombinant ADP and, when part of an inducible expression system, can allow tighter control of recombinant protein levels within a cell and in circulating CSF.
  • amino acid sequences for a population of ADP homologs or other related proteins are aligned, preferably to promote the highest homology possible.
  • Such a population of variants can include, for example, ADP homologs from one or more species, or ADP homologs from the same species but which differ due to mutation.
  • Amino acids which appear at each position of the aligned sequences are selected to create a degenerate set of combinatorial sequences.
  • the library of potential ADP homologs can be generated from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence.
  • degenerate gene sequence can be carried out in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic genes then be ligated into an appropriate gene for expression.
  • the purpose of a degenerate set of genes is to provide, in one mixture, all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential ADP sequences.
  • the synthesis of degenerate oligonucleotides is well known in the art (see for example. Narang, SA (1983) Tetrahedron 393; Itakura et al. (1981) Recombinant DNA, Proc 3rd Cleveland Sympos. Macromolecules, ed. AG Walton, Amsterdam: Elsevier pp. 273-289; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu. Rev.
  • ADP homologs can be generated and isolated from a library by screening using, for example, alanine scanning mutagenesis and the like (Ruf et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:1565-1572; Wang et al. (1994) J Biol. Chem. 269:3095-3099; Bali ⁇ t et al. (1993) Gene 137: 109-118; Grodberg et al. (1993) Eur. J Biochem. 218:597-601; Nagashima et al. (1993) J Biol. Chem.
  • a further method exploits automatic protein design to generate protein libraries for screening and optimization of the sequence of a protein of the invention. See, for example, U.S. Patent 6403312, disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, a primary library is generated using computational processing based on the sequence and structural characteristics of the protein sequences that result in the lowest energy conformation of any possible sequence. However, a plurality of sequences that are not the global minimum may have low energies and be useful. Thus, a primary library comprising a rank ordered list of sequences, generally in terms of theoretical quantitative stability, is generated. These sequences may be used to synthesize or express peptides displaying an extended half-life or stabilized interactions with ADP binding compounds and proteins.
  • a wide range of techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations, as well as for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a certain property. Such techniques will be generally adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of ADPs.
  • the most widely used techniques for screening large gene libraries typically comprises cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates relatively easy isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected.
  • each of the illustrative assays described below are amenable to high throughput analysis as necessary to screen large numbers of degenerate ADP sequences created by combinatorial mutagenesis techniques.
  • the candidate gene products are displayed on the surface of a cell or viral particle, and the ability of particular cells or viral particles to bind an ADP target molecule (for example a modified peptide substrate) via this gene product is detected in a "panning assay".
  • the gene library can be cloned into the gene for a surface membrane protein of a bacterial cell, and the resulting fusion protein detected by panning (Ladner et al., WO 88/06630; Fuchs et al.
  • ADP target can be used to score for potentially functional ADP homologs.
  • Cells can be visually inspected and separated under a fluorescence microscope, or, where the morphology of the cell permits, separated by a fluorescence- activated cell sorter.
  • the gene library is expressed as a fusion protein on the surface of a viral particle.
  • foreign peptide sequences can be expressed on the surface of infectious phage, thereby conferring two significant benefits.
  • coli filamentous phages M 13, fd, and fl are most often used in phage display libraries, as either of the phage gill or gVTII coat proteins can be used to generate fusion proteins without disrupting the ultimate packaging of the viral particle (Ladner et al. PCT publication WO 90/02909; Garrard et al.,
  • RPAS Pharmacia Catalog number 27-9400-01
  • ADP phage library can be panned on immobilized ADP target molecule
  • ADP functional domains to generate mimetics, e.g. peptide or non-peptide agents, which are able to disrupt binding of a polypeptide of the present invention with an ADP target molecule.
  • mimetics e.g. peptide or non-peptide agents
  • ADP target molecule e.g. peptide or non-peptide agents
  • mutagenic techniques as described above are also useful to map the determinants of ADPs participating in protein-protein interactions involved in, for example, binding to an ADP target protein.
  • the critical residues of an ADP involved in molecular recognition of the ADP target can be determined and used to generate ADP target- 13P-derived peptidomimetics that competitively inhibit binding of the ADP to the ADP target.
  • non hydrolysable peptide analogs of such residues can be generated using retro-inverse peptides (e.g., see U.S. Patents 5,116,947 and 5,219,089; and Pallai et al. (1983) Int J Pept Protein Res 21:84-92), benzodiazepine (e.g., see Freidinger et al. in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology, G.R. Marshall ed., ESCOM
  • Peptides of the invention are synthesized by standard techniques (e.g. Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd Ed., Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL, 1984).
  • a commercial peptide synthesizer is used, e.g. Applied Biosystems, Inc. (Foster City, CA) model 430A, and polypeptides of the invention may be assembled from multiple, separately synthesized and purified, peptide in a convergent synthesis approach, e.g. Kent et al, U.S. patent invention may be assembled by solid phase synthesis on a cross-linked polystyrene support starting from the carboxyl terminal residue and adding amino acids in a stepwise fashion until the entire peptide has been formed.
  • chemical synthesis of polypeptides of the invention is carried out by the assembly of peptide fragments by native chemical ligation, as described by Dawson et al, Science, 266: 776- 779 (1994) and Kent el al, U.S. patent 6,184,344. Briefly, in the approach a first peptide fragment is provided with an N-terminal cysteine having an unoxidized sulfhydryl side chain, and a second peptide fragment is provided with a C-terminal thioester.
  • the unoxidized sulfhydryl side chain of the N-terminal cysteine is then condensed with the C-terminal thioester to produce an intermediate peptide fragment which links the first and second peptide fragments with a ⁇ -aminothioester bond.
  • the ⁇ -aminothioester bond of the intermediate peptide fragment then undergoes an intramolecular rearrangement to produce the peptide fragment product which links the first and second peptide fragments with an amide bond.
  • the N-terminal cysteine of the internal fragments is protected from undesired cyclization and/or concatenation reactions by a cyclic thiazolidine protecting group as described below.
  • such cyclic thiazolidine protecting group is a thioprolinyl group.
  • Peptide fragments having a C-terminal thioester may be produced as described in the following references, which are incorporated by reference: Kent et al, U.S. patent 6,184,344; Tarn et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 92: 12485-12489 (1995); Blake, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res, 17: 273 (1981); Canne et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 36: 1217-1220 (1995); hackeng et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 94: 7845-7850 (1997); or Hackeng et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 96: 10068-10073 (1999).
  • peptide fragments are synthesized on a solid phase support (described below) typically on a 0.25 mmol scale by using the in situ neutralization/HBTU activation procedure for Boc chemistry disclosed by Schnolzer et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193 (1992), which reference is incorporated herein by reference.
  • HBTU is 2-(lH-benzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafiuorophosphate and Boc is tert-butoxycarbonyl).
  • Each synthetic cycle consists of N ⁇ -Boc removal by a 1- to 2- minute treatment with neat TFA, a 1 -minute DMF flow wash, a 10- to 20-minute coupling time with 1.0 mmol of preactivated Boc-amino acid in the presence of DIEA, and a second DMF flow wash. diisopropylethylamine).
  • N ⁇ -Boc-amino acids (1.1 mmol) are preactivated for 3 minutes with 1.0 mmol of HBTU (0.5 M in DMF) in the presence of excess DIEA (3 mmol).
  • yields are determined by measuring residual free amine with a conventional quantitative ninhydrin assay, e.g as disclosed in Sarin et al, Anal. Biochem., 117: 147-157 (1981).
  • a DCM flow wash is used before and after deprotection by using TFA, to prevent possible high-temperature (TFA/DMF)-catalyzed pyrrolidone formation.
  • TFA high-temperature
  • dnp The imidazole side-chain 2,4-dinitrophenyl (dnp) protecting groups remain on the His residues because the dnp-removal procedure is incompatible with C-terminal thioester groups. However, dnp is gradually removed by thiols during the ligation reaction. After cleavage, peptide fragments are precipitated with ice-cold diethylether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile, and lyophilized.
  • Thioester peptide fragments described above are preferably synthesized on a trityl-associated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine (TAMPAL) resin, made as disclosed by Hackeng et al (1999), or comparable protocol. Briefly, N ⁇ -Boc-Leu (4 mmol) is activated with 3.6 mmol of HBTU in the presence of 6 mmol of DIEA and coupled for 16 minutes to 2 mmol of p-methylbenzhydrylamine (MBHA) resin, or the equivalent.
  • TAMPAL trityl-associated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine
  • TAMPAL resin can be used as a starting resin for polypeptide-chain assembly after removal of the trityl protecting group with two 1 -minute treatments with 3.5% tr ⁇ sopropylsilane and 2.5% H 2 O in TFA.
  • the thioester bond can be formed with any desired amino acid by using standard in situ-neutralization peptide coupling protocols for 1 hour, as disclosed in Schnolzer et al (cited above). Treatment of the final peptide fragment with anhydrous HF yields the C-terminal activated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine (MPAL) thioester peptide fragments.
  • MPAL C-terminal activated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine
  • thiazolidine-protected thioester peptide fragment intermediates are used in native chemical ligation under conditions as described by Hackeng et al (1999), or like conditions. Briefly, 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 8.5) containing 6 M guanidine, 4% (vol/vol) benzylmercaptan, and 4% (vol/vol) thiophenol is added to dry peptides to be ligated, to give a final peptide concentration of 1-3 mM at about pH 7, lowered because of the addition of thiols and TFA from the lyophilized peptide.
  • the ligation reaction is performed in a heating block at 37 0 C and is periodically vortexed to equilibrate the thiol additives.
  • the reaction may be monitored for degree of completion by MALDI-MS or HPLC and electrospray ionization MS.
  • the N-terminal thiazolidine ring of the product is opened by treatment with a cysteine deprotecting agent, such as O- methylhydroxylamine (0.5 M) at pH 3.5-4.5 for 2 hours at 37° C, after which a 10-fold excess of reaction constituents prior to purification of the product by conventional preparative HPLC.
  • a cysteine deprotecting agent such as O- methylhydroxylamine (0.5 M) at pH 3.5-4.5 for 2 hours at 37° C
  • fractions containing the ligation product are identified by electrospray MS, are pooled, and lyophilized.
  • the final polypeptide product may be refolded by conventional techniques, e.g. Creighton, Meth. Enzymol., 107: 305-329 (1984); White, Meth.
  • a final product is refolded by air oxidation by the following, or like:
  • the reduced lyophilized product is dissolved (at about 0.1 mg/mL) in 1 M guanidine hydrochloride (or like chaotropic agent) with 100 mM Tris, 10 mM methionine, at pH 8.6. After gentle overnight stirring, the re-folded product is isolated by reverse phase HPLC with conventional protocols.
  • polynucleotide sequences described herein can be used in recombinant DNA molecules that direct the expression of the corresponding polypeptides in appropriate host cells. Because of the degeneracy in the genetic code, other DNA sequences may encode the equivalent amino acid sequence, and may be used to clone and express the ADPs. Codons preferred by a particular host cell may be selected and substituted into the naturally occurring nucleotide sequences, to increase the rate and/or efficiency of expression.
  • the nucleic acid e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA
  • encoding the desired ADP may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA), or for expression.
  • the polypeptide can be expressed recombinantly in any of a number of expression systems according to methods known in the art (Ausubel, et al., editors, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1990).
  • Appropriate host cells include yeast, bacteria, archebacteria, fungi, and insect and animal cells, including mammalian cells, for example primary cells, including stem cells, including, but not limited to bone marrow stem cells. More specifically, these include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid or cosmid DNA expression vectors, and yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors.
  • insect cells infected with a recombinant insect virus such as baculovirus
  • mammalian expression systems The nucleic acid sequence to be expressed may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, DNA is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site using techniques known in the art.
  • Vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of these components employs standard ligation techniques which are known to the skilled artisan.
  • the ADPs of the present invention are produced by culturing a host cell transformed with an expression vector containing a nucleic acid encoding an ADP, under the appropriate conditions to with the choice of the expression vector and the host cell, as ascertained by one skilled in the art.
  • the use of constitutive promoters in the expression vector may require routine optimization of host cell growth and proliferation, while the use of an inducible promoter requires the appropriate growth conditions for induction.
  • the liming of the harvest is important.
  • the baculoviral systems used in insect cell expression are lytic viruses, and thus harvest time selection can be crucial for product yield.
  • a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the protein include, but are not limited to, glycosyl, acetyl, phosphate, amide, lipid, carboxyl, acyl, or carbohydrate groups.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the protein, may also be important for correct insertion, folding and/or function.
  • host cells such as CHO, HeLa, BHK, MDCK, 293, W 138, etc. have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for such post-translational activities and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the introduced, foreign protein.
  • Drosophila melanogaster cells Saccharomyces cerevisiae and other yeasts, E. coli, Bacillus subtilis, SF9 cells, C129 cells, 293 cells, Neurospora, BHK, CHO, COS, and HeLa cells, fibroblasts, Schwanoma cell lines, immortalized mammalian myeloid and lymphoid cell lines, Jurkat cells, human cells and other primary cells.
  • the nucleic acid encoding an ADP must be "operably linked" by placing it into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
  • DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
  • "operably linked" DNA sequences are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader or other polypeptide sequence, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites.
  • Promoter sequences encode either constitutive or inducible promoters.
  • the promoters may be either naturally occurring promoters or hybrid promoters. Hybrid promoters, which combine elements of more than one promoter, are also known in the art, and are useful in the present invention.
  • the expression vector may comprise additional elements, for example, the expression vector may have two replication systems, thus allowing it to be maintained in two organisms, for example in mammalian or insect cells for expression and in a procaryotic host for cloning and amplification.
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. 2: plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Further, for integrating expression vectors, the expression vector contains at least one sequence homologous to the host cell genome, and preferably, two homologous sequences which flank the expression construct. The integrating vector may be directed to a specific locus in the host cell by selecting the appropriate homologous sequence for inclusion in the vector.
  • a heterologous expression control element may be operably linked with the endogenous gene in the host cell by homologous recombination (described in US Patents 6410266 and 6361972, disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties) . This technique allows one to regulate expression to a desired level with a chosen control element while ensuring proper processing and modification of ADP endogenously expressed by the host cell.
  • Useful heterologous expression control elements include but are not limited to CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters.
  • CMV immediate early promoter the HSV thymidine kinase promoter
  • the early and late SV40 promoters the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters.
  • the expression vector contains a selectable marker gene to allow the selection of transformed host cells.
  • Selection genes are well known in the art and will vary with the host cell used.
  • Expression and cloning vectors will typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker.
  • Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available for from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • Host cells transformed with a nucleotide sequence encoding an ADP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the encoded protein from cell culture.
  • the protein produced by a recombinant cell may be secreted, membrane-bound, or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides encoding the ADP can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the ADP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • the desired ADP may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the ADP-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector.
  • the signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin ⁇ leaders.
  • yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces a-factor leaders, the latter described in
  • mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.
  • the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate vector, which in turn may require the presence of certain characteristic "control elements” or "regulatory sequences.”
  • Appropriate constructs are known generally in the art (Ausubel, et al., 1990) and, in many cases, are available from commercial suppliers such as Invitrogen (San Diego, Calif), Stratagene (La Jolla, CaUf.), Gibco BRL (Rockville, Md.) or Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Transformation of bacterial cells may be achieved using an inducible promoter such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the "BLUESCRIPT” Phagemid (Stratagene) or "pSPORTl” (Gibco BRL).
  • a number of expression vectors may be selected for use in bacterial cells to produce cleavable fusion proteins that can be easily detected and/or purified, including, but not limited to "BLUESCRIPT” (a-galactosidase; Stratagene) or pGEX (glutathione S -transferase; Promega, Madison, Wis.).
  • a suitable bacterial promoter is any nucleic acid sequence capable of binding bacterial RNA polymerase and initiating the downstream (3') transcription of the coding sequence of the ADP gene into mRNA.
  • a bacterial promoter has a transcription initiation region which is usually placed proximal to the 5' end of the coding sequence. This transcription initiation region typically includes an RNA polymerase binding site and a transcription initiation site. Sequences encoding metabolic pathway enzymes provide particularly useful promoter sequences. Examples include promoter sequences derived from sugar metabolizing enzymes, such as galactose, lactose and maltose, and sequences derived from biosynthetic enzymes such as tryptophan. Promoters from bacteriophage may also be used and are known in the art.
  • tat promoter is a hybrid of the trp and lac promoter sequences.
  • a bacterial promoter can include naturally occurring promoters of non ⁇ bacterial origin that have the ability to bind bacterial RNA polymerase and initiate transcription. An efficient ribosome-binding site is also desirable.
  • the expression vector may also include a signal peptide sequence that provides for secretion of the ADP in bacteria. The signal sequence typically encodes a signal peptide comprised of hydrophobic amino acids which direct the secretion of the protein from the cell, as is well known in the art.
  • the protein is either secreted into the growth media (gram-positive bacteria) or into the periplasmic space, located between the inner and outer membrane of the cell (gram-negative bacteria).
  • the bacterial expression vector may also include a selectable marker gene to allow for the selection of bacterial strains that have been transformed. Suitable selection genes include drug resistance genes such as ampicillin, chloramphenicol, erythromycin, kanamycin, neomycin and tetracycline. Selectable markers also include biosynthetic genes, such as are needed, e.g., for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E.
  • coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene), in which the ADP coding sequence may be ligated into the vector in-frame with sequences for the amino- terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of beta-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced; PIN vectors (Van Heeke & Schuster JBiol Chem 264:5503-5509 1989)); PET vectors (Novagen, Madison Wis.); and the like.
  • Expression vectors for bacteria include the various components set forth above, and are well known in the art. Examples include vectors for Bacillus subtilis, E. coli, Streptococcus cremoris, and Streptococcus lividans, among others.
  • Bacterial expression vectors are transformed into bacterial host cells using techniques well known in the art, such as calcium chloride mediated transfection, electroporation, and others.
  • Yeast expression systems are well known in the art, and include expression vectors for
  • yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem. 255:2073 (1980)) or other glycolytic enzymes (Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzyme Reg.
  • yeast promoters which are inducible have the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, include the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast selectable markers include ADE2. HIS4. LEU2. TRPl.
  • Yeast expression vectors can be constructed for intracellular production or secretion of an ADP from the DNA encoding the ADP of interest.
  • a selected signal peptide and the appropriate constitutive or inducible promoter may be inserted into suitable restriction sites in the selected plasmid for direct intracellular expression of the
  • ADP For secretion of the ADP, DNA encoding the ADP can be cloned into the selected plasmid, and linker sequences (as needed), for expression of the ADP. Yeast cells, can then be transformed with the expression plasmids described above, and cultured in an appropriate fermentation media. The protein produced by such transformed yeast can then be concentrated by precipitation with 10% trichloroacetic acid and analyzed following separation by SDS-PAGE and staining of the gels with Coomassie Blue stain. The recombinant ADP can subsequently be isolated and purified from the fermentation medium by techniques known to those of skill in the art.
  • the ADP may be expressed in mammalian cells.
  • Mammalian expression systems are knowii in the art, and include retroviral vector mediated expression systems.
  • Mammalian host cells may be transformed with any of a number of different viral-based expression systems, such as adenovirus, where the coding region can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a nonessential El or E3 region of the viral genome results in a viable virus capable of expression of the polypeptide of interest in infected host cells.
  • a preferred expression vector system is a retroviral vector system such as is generally described in PCT/US97/01019 and PCT/US97/101048.
  • Suitable mammalian expression vectors contain a mammalian promoter which is any DNA sequence capable of binding mammalian RNA polymerase and initiating the downstream (3') transcription of a coding sequence for ADP into mRNA.
  • a promoter will have a transcription initiating region, which is usually placed proximal to the 5' end of the coding sequence, and a TATA box, using a located 25-30 base pairs upstream of the transcription initiation site. The TATA box is thought to direct RNA polymerase II to begin RNA synthesis at the correct site.
  • a mammalian promoter will also contain an upstream promoter element (enhancer element), typically located within 100 to 200 base pairs upstream of the TATA box.
  • An upstream promoter element determines the rate at which transcription is initiated and can act in either orientation.
  • mammalian promoters are the promoters from mammalian viral genes, since the viral genes are often highly expressed and have a broad host range. Examples include promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211, 504 published JuI.
  • adenovirus such as Adenovirus 2
  • bovine papilloma virus such as Adenovirus 2
  • bovine papilloma virus such as avian sarcoma virus
  • cytomegalovirus a retrovirus
  • hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 SV40
  • heterologous mammalian promoters e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter
  • heat-shock promoters provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • Transcription of DNA encoding an ADP by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector.
  • Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription.
  • enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • the enhancer is preferably located at a site 5' from the promoter, hi general, the transcription termination and polyadenylation sequences recognized by mammalian cells are regulatory regions located 3 ' to the translation stop codon and thus, together with the promoter elements, flank the coding sequence. The 3' terminus of the mature mRNA is formed by site-specific post-translational cleavage and polyadenylation.
  • transcription terminator and polyadenylation signals include those derived from SV40. Long term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins can be effected in a stable expression system.
  • Expression vectors which contain viral origins of replication or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene may be used for this purpose.
  • Appropriate vectors containing selectable markers for use in mammalian cells are readily available commercially and are known to persons skilled in the art. Examples of such selectable markers include, but are not limited to herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase for use in tk- or hprt-cells, respectively.
  • ADPs can be purified from culture supematants of mammalian cells transiently transfected or stably transformed by an expression vector carrying an ADP-encoding sequence.
  • ADP is purified from culture supematants of COS 7 cells transiently transfected by the pcD expression vector.
  • Transfection of COS 7 cells with pcD proceeds as follows: One day prior to transfection, approximately 10 ⁇ COS 7 monkey cells are seeded onto individual 100 mm plates in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DME) containing 10% fetal calf serum and 2 mM glutamine.
  • DME Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium
  • the medium is aspirated from each plate and replaced with 4 ml of DME containing 50 mM Tris.HCl pH 7.4, 400 mg/ml DEAE-Dextran and 50 ⁇ g of plasmid DNA.
  • the plates are incubated for four hours at 37 0 C, then the DNA-containing medium is removed, and the plates are washed twice with 5 ml of serum-free DME. DME is added back to the plates which are then incubated for an additional 3 hrs at 37 0 C.
  • Plasmid DNA for the transfections is obtained by growing pcD(SR ⁇ ), or like expression vector, containing the ADP-encoding cDNA insert in E. coli MC 1061 (described by Casadaban and Cohen, J. MoI. Biol., Vol. 138, pgs. 179-207 (1980)), or like organism.
  • the plasmid DNA is isolated from the cultures by standard techniques, e.g. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (Cold Spring Expression in Insect Cells
  • ADPs may also be produced in insect cells.
  • Expression vectors for the transformation of insect cells, and in particular, baculovirus-based expression vectors, are well known in the art.
  • the ADP-encoding DNA is fused upstream of an epitope tag contained within a baculovirus expression vector.
  • Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda Sf9 cells or in Trichoplusia larvae.
  • the ADP-encoding sequence is cloned into a nonessential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter.
  • Suitable epitope tags for fusion to the ADP-encoding DNA include poly-his tags and immunoglobulin tags (like Fc regions of IgG).
  • a variety of plasmids may be employed, including commercially available plasmids such as pVL1393 (Novagen). Briefly, the ADP-encoding DNA or the desired portion of the ADP-encoding DNA is amplified by PCR with primers complementary to the 5' and 3' regions. The 5' primer may incorporate flanking restriction sites. The PCR product is then digested with the selected restriction enzymes and subcloned into an expression vector.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is generated by co-transfecting the above plasmid and BaculoGoldTM virus DNA (Pharmingen) into Spodoptera frugiperda (“Sf9”) cells (ATCC CRL 1711) using lipofectin (commercially available from GIBCO-BRL), or other methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • Virus is produced by day 4-5 of culture in Sf9 cells at 28 0 C, and used for further amplifications. Procedures are performed as further described in O'Reilley et al., BACULOVIRUS EXPRESSION VECTORS: A LABORATORY MANUAL, Oxford University Press (1994).
  • Extracts may be prepared from recombinant virus-infected Sf9 cells as described in Rupert et al., Nature 362:175-179 (1993).
  • expressed epitope-tagged ADP can be purified by affinity chromatography, or for example, purification of an IgG tagged (or Fc tagged) ADP can be performed using chromatography techniques, including Protein A or protein G column chromatography.
  • Gene expression may be evaluated in a sample directly, for example, by standard techniques known to those of skill in the art, e.g., Northern blotting to determine the transcription of mRNA, dot blotting (DNA or RNA), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein.
  • antibodies may be used in assays for detection of polypeptides, nucleic acids, such as specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Gene expression may be measured by immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to directly evaluate the expression of an ADP polypeptide or polynucleotide.
  • Antibodies useful for such immunological assays may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared against a native sequence ADP. Protein levels may also be detected by mass spectrometry. A further method of protein detection is with protein chips.
  • Expressed ADP may be purified or isolated after expression, using any of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art. The appropriate technique will vary depending upon what other components are present in the sample. Contaminant components that are removed by isolation or purification are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other solutes.
  • the purification step(s) selected will depend, for example, on the nature of the production process used and the particular ADP produced. As ADPs are secreted, they may be recovered from culture medium. Alternatively, the ADP may be recovered from host cell lysates. If membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g.
  • Triton-X 100 or by enzymatic cleavage.
  • cells employed in expression of ADP can be disrupted by various physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or by use of cell lysing agents.
  • Exemplary purification methods include, but are not limited to, ion-exchange column chromatography; chromatography using silica gel or a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-15; protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG; chromatography using metal chelating columns to bind epitope-tagged forms of the ADP; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; and ammonium sulfate precipitation.
  • an isolated ADP will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • the ADP may be purified using a standard anti-ADP antibody column.
  • Ultrafiltration and dialysis techniques in conjunction with protein concentration, are also useful (see, for example, Scopes, R., PROTEIN PURIFICATION, Springer-Verlag, New- York, N.Y., 1982).
  • the degree of purification necessary will vary depending on the use of the ADP. In some instances no purification will be necessary.
  • the ADPs and nucleic acids of the present invention are useful in a number of applications, as detailed herein.
  • the host cells of the invention can also be used to produce nonhuman transgenic animals.
  • a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous ADP sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous ADP sequences have been altered.
  • Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of an ADP or fragment thereof and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of ADP biological activity.
  • a "transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal include a transgene.
  • transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc.
  • a transgene is exogenous DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and which remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal.
  • a "homologous recombinant animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
  • a transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing an ADP-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte, e.g., by microinjection or retroviral infection, and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal.
  • the ADP cDNA sequence or a fragment thereof can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal.
  • a nonhuman homologue of a human ADP-encoding gene such as from mouse or rat, can be used as a transgene.
  • Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene.
  • a tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to an ADP transgene to direct expression of an ADP to particular cells.
  • Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866 and 4,870,009, both by Leder et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191 by Wagner et al. and in Hogan, B., Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1986, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals.
  • a transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of an ADP transgene in its genome and/or expression of ADP mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding an ADP can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
  • a vector which contains at least a portion of an ADP- alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the ADP-encoding sequence.
  • the ADP-encoding sequence can be a human gene, but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human ADP-encoding sequence (e.g., a cDNA isolated by stringent hybridization with a nucleotide sequence coding for an ADP).
  • a mouse ADP-encoding sequence can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous gene in the mouse genome.
  • the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector).
  • the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence).
  • the altered portion of the ADP-encoding sequence is flanked at its 5' and 3' ends by additional nucleic acid sequence of the ADP gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous sequence carried by the vector and an endogenous gene in an embryonic stem cell.
  • the additional flanking nucleic acid sequence is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene.
  • flanking DNA both at the 5 1 and 3' ends
  • are included in the vector see e.g., Thomas, K. R and Capecchi, M. R.
  • the vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced ADP-encoding sequence has homologously recombined with the endogenous gene are selected (see e.g., Li, E. et al. (1992) Cell 69:915, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras (see e.g., Bradley, A.
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, A.
  • transgenic non-human animals can be produced which contain selected systems which allow for regulated expression of the transgene.
  • a recombinase system see, e.g., Lakso et al. (1992) PNAS 89:6232-6236, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (O'Gorman et al. (1991) Science 251:1351-1355, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • mice containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required.
  • Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
  • the invention further provides methods of testing the activity of or obtaining functional fragments and variants of ADPs and ADP sequences.
  • Such methods involve providing a variant or modified ADP-encoding nucleic acid and assessing whether the encoded polypeptide displays an ADP biological activity.
  • a method of assessing the function of an ADP comprising: (a) providing an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof; and (b) testing said ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof for an ADP biological activity under conditions suitable for ADP activity.
  • Cell free, cell-based and in vivo assays may be used to test ADP activity.
  • said assay may comprise expressing an ADP nucleic acid in a host cell, and observing ADP activity in said cell and other affected cells.
  • an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof is contacted with a cell, and an ADP biological activity is observed.
  • ADP biological activities include: (1) indicating a reduced or increased likelihood that an individual has or will have Alzheimer's disease; (2) circulating through the CSF of individuals with a reduced or increased risk of developing Alzheimer's disease; (3) antigenicity, or the ability to bind an anti-ADP specific antibody; (4) immunogenicity, or the ability to generate an anti-ADP specific antibody; (5) forming intermolecular and intramolecular amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen, amide, or preferably disulfide links; (6) being posttranslationally modified, especially by specific proteolysis and amidation; (7) interaction with an ADP target molecule; (8) improving cognitive functions; (9) reducing neuronal loss; (-10) increasing neuronal survival; and (11) protecting neurons against glutamate or hypoxia injury.
  • ADP biological activity can be assayed by any suitable method known in the art.
  • Antigenicity and immunogenicity may be detected, for example, as described in the sections titled "Anti ADP antibodies” and “Uses of ADP antibodies”.
  • Circulation in CSF may be detected as described in "Diagnostic and Prognostic Uses”.
  • Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule can be accomplished by a method for directly or indirectly determining binding, as is common to the art. Such methods are further described in the section Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule can be accomplished by a method for directly or indirectly determining binding, as is common to the art.
  • Such methods can be cell-based (e.g., such that binding to a membrane-bound ADP is detected) or cell free.
  • Interaction of a test compound with an ADP can be detected, for example, by coupling the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a label group such that binding of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof to its cognate target molecule can be determined by detecting the labeled ADP or biologically active portion thereof in a complex.
  • BIOS Biomolecular Interaction Analysis
  • BIOA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • Alzheimer's disease may be diagnosed by any method determined appropriate for an individual by one of skill in the art. Further examples of symptoms and diagnostics may be found in the Background section, and are best determined appropriately by one of skill in the art based on the particular profile of a patient.
  • Intermolecular and intramolecular interactions may be detected by sequence-based structural predictions. Such predictions are generally based on X-ray crystallography or NMR structural data for a polypeptide with similar sequence. Detection of intramolecular interactions may also be accomplished using SDS-PAGE. For the example of disulfide bonds, links formed between different portions of a given protein result in a more compacted protein, and thus, a reduced apparent molecular weight. Disulfide bonds may be disrupted by a reducing agent, for example, dithiothreitol (DTT). A protein sample that has been treated with a reducing agent may thus be compared to an untreated control by SDS-PAGE to detect a change in apparent molecular weight. Such methods are common to the art.
  • a reducing agent for example, dithiothreitol (DTT).
  • Amidation may be detected by comparing the molecular weight of a sample peptide to that of an amidated form of the same peptide.
  • the amidated form may be prepared according to common methods, for example, as disclosed in US Patent 4708934.
  • Molecular weights are easily compared according to any method common to the art such as SDS-PAGE, gel chromatography, or mass spectrometry.
  • Proteolysis may also be detected by comparing the molecular weight of a sample peptide to that of a peptide of known molecular weight.
  • the molecular weight of a test peptide is obtained by mass spectrometry and compared to a database comprising molecular weights SWISSPROT, EMBL, and the Protein Sequence Database. Such techniques are detailed further herein.
  • Assessing the ability of ADP-related compositions to increase neuronal survival can be performed in vitro, for example according to the procedure described in Example 5.
  • ADP-related compositions to protect neurons against glutamate injury can be performed in vitro, for example according to the following protocol:
  • the cortices are dissected under a stereomicroscope from fetal rats (Sprague-Dawley) of embryonic age E 17-El 9 (length of embryos, 18 mm).
  • Cells (4 x 10 5 ) are seeded onto 11 mm wells (Costar) that are treated with polyornithine (1 mg/ml) and grown in MEM (minimum essential medium) tissue culture medium that contains 5% horse serum and 5% fetal calf serum. Cultures are kept at 37 0 C in 95% air/5% CO2.
  • the antimitotic cytosine arabinoside (ara C) is used at 10 '6 M starting on the third day of culture during 3 days. Culture medium is changed every third day and morphological change of the cells is checked by phase contrast microscopy (Choi, D.W., Neuron, 1, 623, 1988).
  • HEPES- buffered control salt solution As described by Regan and Choi (Regan, R.F. and Choi,
  • ADP-related compositions can for example be conducted in normal animal where improvements in memory are quantified (e.g., time spent by an animal to recognize an object seen before, Bartolini et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 53:277-283, 1996 and Puma C. et al., Eur, Neuropsychopharmacol., 1999 Jun;9(4):323-7).
  • This assessment can also be studied in animal models of the disease, like animal with scopolamine- induced amnesia (Drew et al., Psychopharmacologia 32:171-182, 1973; Maurice et al., Brain Res.
  • basal forebrain lesions induced for example by stereotaxic injection of ibotenic acid in the nucleus basalis magnocellularis
  • fimbria-fomix lesions for example vincristine
  • the present invention provides antibodies and binding compositions specific for ADPs.
  • Such antibodies and binding compositions include polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, Fab and single chain Fv fragments thereof, bispecific antibodies, heteroconjugates, and humanized antibodies.
  • Such antibodies and binding compositions may be produced in a variety of ways, including hybridoma cultures, recombinant expression in bacteria or mammalian cell cultures, and recombinant expression in transgenic animals. There is abundant guidance in the literature for selecting a particular production methodology, e.g. Chadd and Chamow, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 12: 188-194 (2001).
  • antibody structure desired, the importance of carbohydrate moieties on the antibodies, ease of culturing and purification, and cost.
  • Many different antibody structures may be generated using standard expression technology, including full-length antibodies, antibody fragments, such as Fab and Fv fragments, as well as chimeric antibodies comprising components from different species.
  • Antibody fragments of small size, such as Fab and Fv fragments, having no effector functions and limited pharmokinetic activity may be generated in a bacterial expression system.
  • Single chain Fv fragments are desirable for radioimmunodetection and in situ radiotherapy. Whenever pharmacokinetic activity in the form of increased half-life is required for therapeutic purposes, then full-length antibodies are preferable.
  • the immunoglobulin G (IgG) molecule may be one of four subclasses: ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, ⁇ 3, or ⁇ 4. If a full-length antibody with effector function is required, then IgG subclasses ⁇ l or ⁇ 3 are preferred, and IgG subclass ⁇ l is most preferred.
  • the ⁇ l and ⁇ 3 subclasses exhibit potent effector function, complement activation, and promote antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity through interaction with specific Fc receptors, e.g. Raju et al, Glycobiology, 10: 477-486 (2000); Lund et al, J. Immunol., 147: 2657-2662 (1991).
  • the anti-ADP antibodies of the present invention may be polyclonal antibodies.
  • Such polyclonal antibodies can be produced in a mammal, for example, following one or more injections of an immunizing agent, and preferably, an adjuvant.
  • the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected into the mammal by a series of subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections.
  • the immunizing agent may include ADPs or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the antigen to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized.
  • mBSA methylated bovine serum albumin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Hepatitis B surface antigen serum albumin
  • bovine thyroglobulin bovine thyroglobulin
  • soybean trypsin inhibitor examples include, for example, Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicoryno-mycolate).
  • the immunization protocol may be determined by one skilled in the art based on standard protocols or by routine experimentation.
  • a crude protein preparation which has been enriched for an ADP or a portion thereof can be used to generate antibodies.
  • Such proteins, fragments or preparations are introduced into the non-human mammal in the presence of an appropriate adjuvant. If the serum contains polyclonal antibodies to undesired epitopes, the polyclonal antibodies are purified by immunoaffinity chromatography.
  • Effective polyclonal antibody production is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with both inadequate and excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple intradermal sites appear to be most reliable. Techniques for producing and processing polyclonal antisera are known in the art, see for example, Mayer and Walker (1987), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found in Vaitukaitis, J. et al. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab.
  • Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double immunodiffusion in agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony, O. et al., Chap. 19 in: Handbook of Experimental Immunology D. Wier (ed) Blackwell (1973). Plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum. Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by preparing competitive binding curves, as described, for example, by Fisher, D., Chap. 42 in: Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d Ed. (Rose and Friedman, Eds.) Amer. Soc. For Microbiol., Washington, D. C. (1980).
  • the anti-ADP antibodies may be monoclonal antibodies
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be produced by hybridomas, wherein a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is immunized with. an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent, e.g. Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975).
  • the immunizing agent will typically include the ADP or a fusion protein thereof and optionally a carrier.
  • the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
  • spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired, or peripheral blood lymphocytes ("PBLs") are used if cells of human origin are desired.
  • PBLs peripheral blood lymphocytes
  • the polyethylene glycol, to produce a hybridoma cell e.g. Goding, MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE, Academic Press, pp. 59-103 (1986); Liddell and Cryer, A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991); Malik and Lillenoj, Editors, Antibody Techniques (Academic Press, New York, 1994).
  • immortalized cell lines are transformed mammalian cells, for example, myeloma cells of rat, mouse, bovine or human origin.
  • the hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of unfused, immortalized cells.
  • a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of unfused, immortalized cells.
  • the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT)
  • HGPRT hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, arninopterin, and thymidine (HAT), substances which prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level production of antibody, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium.
  • More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine or human myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for example, from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, MD.
  • Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies, e.g. Kozbor, J. Immunol. 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, pp. 51-63 (1987).
  • the culture medium (supernatant) in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against an ADP.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies present in the hybridoma supernatant is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radio- immunoassay (RJA) or Enzyme- Linked Lnmuno Sorbent Assay (ELISA). Appropriate techniques and assays are known in the art.
  • the binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal Biochem. 107:220 (1980).
  • the cells may be cloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, 1986, supra). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted byselected clones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by immunoglobulin purification procedures routinely used by those of skill in the art such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxyl-apatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • the monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be isolated from the ADP-specific hybridoma cells and sequenced, e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein
  • the DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for the murine heavy and light chain constant domains for the homologous human sequences (Morrison et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 81:6851-6855 (1984); Neuberger et al , Nature 312:604-608 (1984); Takeda et al., Nature 314:452-454 (1985)), or by co valently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
  • the non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
  • the antibodies may also be monovalent antibodies. Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, in vitro methods are suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies. Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art.
  • Antibodies and antibody fragments characteristic of hybridomas of the invention can also be produced by recombinant means by extracting messenger RNA, constructing a cDNA library, and selecting clones which encode segments of the antibody molecule.
  • the following are exemplary references disclosing recombinant techniques for producing antibodies: Wall et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 5, pgs. 3113-3128 (1978); Zakut et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 8, pgs. 3591- 3601 (1980); Cabilly et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 81, pgs.
  • such techniques can be used to produce interspecific monoclonal antibodies, wherein the binding region of one species is combined with non-binding region of the antibody of another species to reduce immunogenicity, e.g. Liu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 84, pgs. 3439- 3443 (1987), and patents 6,054,297 and 5,530,101.
  • recombinantly produced Fab and Fv fragments are expressed in bacterial host systems.
  • full-length antibodies are produced by mammalian cell culture techniques. More preferably, full-length antibodies are expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells or NSO cells.
  • Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies can be screened by ELISA.
  • the test is based on the tendency of macromolecules to adsorb nonspecifically to plastic. The irreversibility of this reaction, without loss of immunological activity, allows the formation of antigen-antibody complexes with a simple separation of such complexes from unbound material.
  • peptide conjugated to a carrier different from that used in allowed to react in the wells with dilutions of anti-peptide serum. Unbound antibody is washed away, and the remaining antigen-antibody complexes are allowed to react with an antibody specific for the IgG of the immunized animal.
  • This second antibody is conjugated to an enzyme such as alkaline phosphatase.
  • an enzyme such as alkaline phosphatase.
  • a visible colored reaction produced when the enzyme substrate is added indicates which wells have bound antipeptide antibodies.
  • the use of spectrophotometer readings allows better quantification of the amount of peptide-specific antibody bound.
  • High-titer antisera yield a linear titration curve between 10" ⁇ and 10" ⁇ dilutions.
  • the invention includes immunogens derived from ADPs, and immunogens comprising conjugates between carriers and peptides of the invention.
  • immunogen refers to a substance which is capable of causing an immune response.
  • carrier refers to any substance which when chemically conjugated to a peptide of the invention permits a host organism immunized with the resulting conjugate to generate antibodies specific for the conjugated peptide.
  • Carriers include red blood cells, bacteriophages, proteins, or synthetic particles such as agarose beads.
  • carriers are proteins, such as serum albumin, gamma ⁇ globulin, keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), thyroglobulin, ovalbumin, or fibrinogen.
  • centrally located lysines rule out the glutaraldehyde method, and the occurrences of aspartic and glutamic acids frequently exclude the carbodiimide approach.
  • suitable residues can be positioned at either end of chosen sequence segment as attachment sites, whether or not they occur in the "native" protein sequence. Internal segments, unlike the amino and carboxy termini, will differ significantly at the "unattached end” from the same sequence as it is found in the native protein where the polypeptide backbone is continuous. The problem can be remedied, to a degree, by acetylating the ⁇ -amino group and then attaching the peptide by way of its carboxy terminus.
  • the coupling efficiency to the carrier protein is conveniently measured by using a radioactively labeled peptide, prepared either by using a radioactive amino acid for one step of the synthesis or by labeling the completed peptide by the iodination of a tyrosine residue.
  • a radioactively labeled peptide prepared either by using a radioactive amino acid for one step of the synthesis or by labeling the completed peptide by the iodination of a tyrosine residue.
  • the presence of tyrosine in the peptide also allows one to set up a sensitive radioimmune assay, if desirable. Therefore, tyrosine can be introduced as a terminal residue if it is not part of the peptide sequence defined by the native polypeptide.
  • Preferred carriers are proteins, and preferred protein carriers include bovine serum albumin, myoglobulin, ovalbumin (OVA), keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), or the like.
  • Peptides can be linked to KLH through cysteines by MBS as disclosed by Liu et al., Biochemistry, Vol. 18, pgs. 690-697 (1979).
  • MBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • the peptides are dissolved in phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.5), 0.1 M sodium borate buffer (pH 9.0) or 1.0 M sodium acetate buffer (pH 4.0).
  • the pH for the dissolution of the peptide is chosen to optimize peptide solubility.
  • the content of free cysteine for soluble peptides is determined by Ellman's method, Ellman, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., Vol. 82, pg. 7077 (1959).
  • 4 mg KLH in 0.25 ml of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) is reacted with 0.7 mg MBS (dissolved in dimethyl formamide) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature.
  • the MBS is added dropwise to ensure that the local concentration of formamide is not too high, as KLH is insoluble in >30% formamide.
  • the reaction product, KLH-MBS is then passed through Sephadex G-25 equilibrated with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.0) to remove free MBS, KLH recovery from peak fractions of the column eluate (monitored by OD280) is estimated to be approximately 80%.
  • KLH-MBS is then reacted with 5 mg peptide dissolved in 1 ml of the chosen buffer.
  • the pH is adjusted to 7-7.5 and the reaction is stirred for 3 hr at room temperature. Coupling efficiency is monitored with radioactive peptide by dialysis of a sample of the conjugate against phosphate-buffered saline, and may range from 8% to 60%.
  • polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are produced by standard techniques, e.g. as disclosed by Campbell, Monoclonal Antibody Technology (Elsevier, New York, 1984); Hurrell, ed. Monoclonal Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques and Applications (CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, U.S. Patent 4,562,003; or the like. In particular, U.S. Patent 4,562,003 is incorporated by reference.
  • the anti-ADP antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies.
  • humanized antibody refers to humanized forms of non-human (e.g , murine) antibodies that are chimeric antibodies, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab'), or other antigen-binding partial sequences of antibodies) which contain some portion of the sequence derived from non-human antibody.
  • Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired binding specificity, affinity and capacity.
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and generally two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986) and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992)).
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acids introduced into it from a source which is non-human in order to more closely resemble a human antibody, while still retaining the original binding activity of the antibody.
  • Methods for humanization of antibodies are further detailed in Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); and Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534- 1536 (1988).
  • Such "humanized" antibodies are chimeric antibodies in that substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies which comprise two covalently joined antibodies, are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • immunotoxins may be prepared using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
  • Bispecific antibodies have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. Such antibodies are monoclonal, and preferably human or humanized. One of the binding specificities of a bispecific antibody of the present invention is for an ADP, and the other one is preferably for a cell- in the art, and in general, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co- expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs in hybridoma cells, where the two heavy chains have different specificities, e.g. Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305:537-539 (1983). Given that the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains results in production of potentially ten different antibody molecules by the hybridomas, purification of the correct molecule usually requires some sort of affinity purification, e.g. affinity chromatography.
  • ADP antibodies are preferably specific for the ADPs of the invention and as such, do not bind peptides derived from other proteins with high affinity.
  • the term "heavy chain variable region” means a polypeptide (1) which is from 110 to 125 amino acids in length, and (2) whose amino acid sequence corresponds to that of a heavy chain of an antibody of the invention, starting from the heavy chain's N-terminal amino acid.
  • the term "light chain variable region” means a polypeptide (1) which is from 95 to 115 amino acids in length, and (2) whose amino acid sequence corresponds to that of a light chain of an antibody of the invention, starting from the light chain's N-terminal amino acid.
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” refers to homogeneous populations of immunoglobulins which are capable of specifically binding to ADPs.
  • ADP antibodies may be used as functional modulators, most commonly as antagonists.
  • antibody modulators of the invention are derived from monoclonal antibodies specific for ADPs.
  • Monoclonal antibodies capable of blocking, or neutralizing, ADPs are generally selected by their ability to inhibit an ADP biological activity.
  • antibody fragments are also well known, e.g. Fab fragments: Tijssen, Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays (Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1985); and Fv fragments: Hochman et al. Biochemistry, Vol. 12, pgs. 1130-1135 (1973), Sharon et al., Biochemistry, Vol. 15, pgs. 1591-1594 (1976) and Ehrlich et al., U.S. Patent 4,355,023; and antibody half molecules: Auditore- Hargreaves, U.S. Patent 4,470,925.
  • monoclonal antibodies, Fv fragments, Fab fragments, or other binding compositions derived from monoclonal antibodies of the invention have a high affinity to ADPs.
  • the affinity of monoclonal antibodies and related molecules to ADPs may be measured by conventional techniques including plasmon resonance, ELISA, or equilibrium dialysis. Affinity measurement by plasmon resonance techniques may be carried out, for example, using a BIAcore 2000 instrument (Biacore AB, Uppsala, Sweden) in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended protocol.
  • affinity is measured by ELISA, as described in U.S. patent 6,235,883, for example.
  • the dissociation constant between ADPs and monoclonal antibodies of the invention is less than 10 '5 molar. More preferably, such dissociation constant is less than 10 '8 molar; still more preferably, such dissociation constant is less than 10 '9 molar; and most preferably, such dissociation
  • the antibodies of the present invention are useful for detecting ADPs. Such detection methods are advantageously applied to diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be used in most assays involving antigen-antibody reactions.
  • the assays may be homogeneous or heterogeneous.
  • the sample can be a biological sample or fluid such as CSF, serum, urine, whole blood, lymphatic fluid, plasma, saliva, cells, tissue, and material secreted by cells or tissues cultured in vitro.
  • the sample can be pretreated if necessary to remove unwanted materials.
  • the immunological reaction usually involves the specific antibody, a labeled analyte, and the sample suspected of containing the antigen.
  • the signal arising from the label is modified, directly or indirectly, upon the binding of the antibody to the labeled analyte. Both immunological reaction and detection of the extent thereof are carried out in a homogeneous solution.
  • Immunochemical labels which may be employed include free radicals, fluorescent dyes, enzymes, bacteriophages, coenzymes, and so forth.
  • the reagents are usually the sample, the specific antibody, and means for producing a detectable signal.
  • the specimen is generally placed on a support, such as a plate or a slide, and contacted with the antibody in a liquid phase.
  • the support is then separated from the liquid phase and either the support phase or the liquid phase is examined for a detectable signal employing means for producing such signal or signal producing system.
  • the signal is related to the presence of the antigen in the sample.
  • Means for producing a detectable signal includes the use of radioactive labels, fluorescent compounds, enzymes, and so forth.
  • Exemplary heterogeneous immunoassays are the radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence methods, enzyme- linked immunoassays, and the like.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be employed is immunoperoxidase labeling.
  • the antibodies may be bound to a radioactive material or to a drug to form a radiopharmaceutical or pharmaceutical, respectively.
  • an assay employing an antibody of the present invention involves the use of a surface to which the monoclonal antibody of the invention is attached.
  • the underlying structure of the surface may take different forms, have different compositions and may be a mixture of compositions or laminates or combinations thereof.
  • the surface may assume a variety of shapes and Illustrative surfaces may be pads, beads, discs, or strips which may be flat, concave or convex. Thickness is not critical, generally being from about 0.1 to 2 mm thick and of any convenient diameter or other dimensions.
  • the surface typically will be supported on a rod, tube, capillary, fiber, strip, disc, plate, cuvette and will typically be porous and polyfunctional or capable of being polyfunctionalized so as to permit covalent binding of an antibody and permit bonding of other compounds which form a part of a means for producing a detectable signal.
  • a wide variety of organic and inorganic polymers, both natural and synthetic, and combinations thereof, may be employed as the material for the solid surface.
  • Illustrative polymers include polyethylene, polypropylene, poly(4-methylbutene), polystyrene, polymethracrylate, poly(ethylene terephthalate), rayon, nylon, poly(vi ⁇ yl butyrate), silicones, polyformaldehyde, cellulose, cellulose acetate, nitrocellulose, and latex.
  • Other surfaces include paper, glasses, ceramics, metals, metaloids, semiconductor materials, cements, silicates or the like.
  • substrates that form gels, gelatins, lipopolysaccharides, silicates, agarose and polyacrylamides or polymers which form several aqueous phases such as dextrans, polyalkylene glycols (alkylene of 2 to 3 carbon atoms) or surfactants such as phospholipids.
  • dextrans polyalkylene glycols (alkylene of 2 to 3 carbon atoms)
  • surfactants such as phospholipids.
  • the binding of the antibody to the surface may be accomplished by well known techniques, commonly available in the literature (see, for example, “Immobilized Enzymes,” Ichiro Chibata, Press, New York (1978) and Cuatrecasas, J. Bio. Chem., 245: 3059 (1970)).
  • the sample is mixed with aqueous medium and the medium is contacted with the surface having an antibody bound thereto.
  • Labels may be included in the aqueous medium, either concurrently or added subsequently so as to provide a detectable signal associated with the surface.
  • the means for producing the detectable signal can involve the incorporation of a labeled analyte or it may involve the use of a second monoclonal antibody having a label conjugated thereto. Separation and washing steps will be carried out as needed.
  • the signal detected is related to the presence of ADP in the sample. It is within the scope of the present invention to include a calibration on the same support.
  • a particular embodiment of an assay in accordance with the present invention involves the use of a support such as a slide or a well of a petri dish.
  • the technique involves fixing the sample to be analyzed on the support with an appropriate fixing material and incubating the sample on the .slide with a monoclonal antibody. After washing with an appropriate buffer such as, for example, phosphate buffered saline, the support is contacted with a labeled specific binding partner for the antibody. After incubation as desired, the slide is washed a second time with an aqueous buffer and the determination is made of the binding of the labeled monoclonal antibody to the antigen.
  • an appropriate buffer such as, for example, phosphate buffered saline
  • the slide may be covered with a fluorescent antibody mounting fluid on a cover slip and then examined with a fluorescent microscope to determine the extent of binding.
  • the label can be an enzyme conjugated to the monoclonal antibody and the extent of binding can be determined by examining the slide for the particular example of an assay utilizing the present antibodies is a double determinant ELISA assay.
  • a support such as, e.g., a glass or vinyl plate, is coated with an antibody specific for ADP by conventional techniques. The support is contacted with the sample suspected of containing ADP, usually in aqueous medium.
  • the support is separated from the medium, washed to remove unbound ADP with, for example, water or an aqueous buffered medium, and contacted with an antibody specific for ADP, again usually in aqueous medium.
  • the antibody is labeled with an enzyme directly or indirectly such as, e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase.
  • the support is separated from the medium, and washed as above. The enzyme activity of the support or the aqueous medium is determined. This enzyme activity is related to the amount of ADP in the sample.
  • kits for carrying out the methods disclosed above.
  • the kit comprises in packaged combination (a) a monoclonal antibody more specifically defined above and (b) a conjugate of a specific binding partner for the above monoclonal antibody and a label capable of producing a detectable signal.
  • the reagents may also include ancillary agents such as buffering agents and protein stabilizing agents, e.g., polysaccharides and the like.
  • the kit may further include, where necessary, other members of the signal producing system of which system the label is a member, agents for reducing background interference in a test, control reagents, apparatus for conducting a test, and the like.
  • the diagnostic kit comprises a conjugate of monoclonal antibody of the invention and a label capable of producing a detectable signal. Ancillary agents as mentioned above may also be present.
  • an anti-ADP antibody e.g., monoclonal antibody
  • an anti-ADP antibody can be used to isolate ADPs by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation.
  • an anti- ADP antibody can facilitate the purification of natural ADPs from cells and of recombinantly produced ADP expressed in host cells.
  • an anti-ADP antibody can be used to isolate ADP to aid in detection of low concentrations of ADP (e.g., in CSF, serum, cellular lysate or cell supernatant) or in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the ADP.
  • Anti-ADP antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a label group.
  • Detection, purification, and screening of the polypeptides of the invention may be accomplished using retentate chromatography (preferably, protein arrays or chips), as described by U.S. Patent 6225027 and U.S. Patent Application 20010014461, disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • retentate chromatography describes methods in chip) and subsequently detected. Such methods involve (1) selectively adsorbing polypeptides from a sample to a substrate under a plurality of different adsorbent/eluant combinations ("selectivity conditions") and (2) detecting the retention of adsorbed polypeptides by desorption spectrometry (e.g., by mass spectrometry).
  • polypeptides are eluted off of the adsorbent prior to detection.
  • the coupling of adsorption chromatography with detection by desorption spectrometry provides extraordinary sensitivity, the ability to rapidly analyze retained components with a variety of different selectivity conditions, and parallel processing of components adsorbed to different sites (i.e., "affinity sites” or “spots") on the array under different elution conditions.
  • this invention provides a molecular discovery and diagnostic device that is characterized by the inclusion of both parallel and multiplex polypeptide processing capabilities.
  • Polypeptides of the invention and ADP-binding substances are preferably attached to a label group, and thus directly detected, enabling simultaneous transmission of two or more signals from the same "circuit" (i.e., addressable "chip” location) during a single unit operation.
  • any instrument, method, process, etc. can be utilized to determine the identity and abundance of proteins in a sample.
  • a preferred method of obtaining identity is by mass spectrometry, where protein molecules in a sample are ionized and then the resultant mass and charge of the protein ions are detected and determined.
  • mass spectrometry it is preferred that the protein be converted to a gas-ion phase.
  • Various methods of protein ionization are useful, including, e.g., fast ion bombardment (FAB), plasma desorption, laser desorption, thermal desorption, preferably, electrospray ionization (ESI) and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI).
  • FAB fast ion bombardment
  • ESI electrospray ionization
  • MALDI matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization
  • mass analyzers are available for peptide and protein analysis, including, but not limited to, Time-of-Flight (TOF), ion trap (ITMS), Fourier transform ion cyclotron (FTMS), quadrupole ion trap, and sector (electric and/or magnetic) spectrometers. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,572,025 for an ion trap MS.
  • Mass analyzers can be used alone, or in combination with other mass analyzers in tandem mass spectrometers. In the latter case, a first mass analyzer can be use to separate the protein ions (precursor ion) from each other and determine the molecular weights of the various protein constituents in the sample.
  • a second mass analyzer can be used to analyze each separated constituents, e.g., by fragmenting the precursor ions into product ions by using, e.g. an inert gas.
  • any desired combination of mass analyzers can be used, including, e.g., triple quadrupoles, tandem
  • detectors can be used to detect the protein ions.
  • destructive detectors can be utilized, such as ion electron multipliers or cryogenic detectors (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,640,010).
  • non-destructive detectors can be used, such as ion traps which are used as ion current pick-up devices in quadrupole ion trap mass analyzers or FTMS .
  • sample preparation methods can be utilized including, dried droplet (Karasand Hillenkamp, Anal. Chem., 60:2299-2301, 1988), vacuum-drying (Winberger et al., In Proceedings of the 41st ASMS Conference on Mass Spectrometry and Allied Topics, San Francisco, May 31-June 4, 1993, pp. 775a-b), crush crystals (Xiang et al., Rapid Comm. Mass Spectrom., 8:199-204,1994), slow crystal growing (Xiang et al., Org. Mass Spectrom, 28:1424- 1429, 1993); active film (Mock et al., Rapid Comm.
  • samples are prepared as solid-state co-crystals or thin films by mixing them with an energy absorbing compound or colloid (the matrix) in the liquid phase, and ultimately drying the solution to the solid state upon the surface of an inert probe.
  • an energy absorbing compound or colloid the matrix
  • an energy absorbing molecule is an integral component of the sample presenting surface. Regardless of EAM application strategy, the probe contents are allowed to dry to the solid state prior to introduction into the laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer (LDIMS).
  • LIMS laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer
  • Ion detection in TOF mass spectrometry is typically achieved with the use of electro- emissive detectors such as electron multipliers (EMP) or microchannel plates (MCP). Both of these devices function by converting primary incident charged particles into a cascade of secondary, tertiary, quaternary, etc. electrons. The probability of secondary electrons being generated by the impact of a single incident charged particle can be taken to be the ion-to-electron conversion efficiency of this charged particle (or more simply, the conversion efficiency). The total electron yield for cascading events when compared to the total number of incident charged particles is typically described as the detector gain.
  • EMP electron multipliers
  • MCP microchannel plates
  • MCPs are the preferred electro-emissive detector for enhancing mass/charge resolving power.
  • EMPs function well for detecting ion populations of disbursed kinetic energies, where rapid response time and broad frequency bandwidth are not necessary.
  • mass spectrometer LC-TMS
  • This system provides an additional stage of sample separation via use of a liquid chromatograph followed by tandem mass spectrometry.
  • a protein eluted from a column according to the system described in Example 1 is analyzed using both MS and MS-MS analysis.
  • a small portion of intact proteins eluting from RP2 may be diverted to online detection using LC-ESI MS.
  • the proteins are aliquoted on a number of plates allowing digestion or not with trypsin, preparation for MALDI-MS as well as for ESI-MS, as well as preparation of the MALDI plates with different matrices.
  • the methods thus allow, in addition to information on intact mass, to conduct an analysis by both peptide mass fingerprinting and MS -MS techniques.
  • the methods described herein of separating and fractionating proteins provide individual proteins or fractions containing small numbers of distinct proteins. These proteins can be identified by mass spectral determination of the molecular masses of the protein and peptides resulting from the fragmentation thereof. Making use of available information in protein sequence databases, a comparison can be made between proteolytic peptide mass patterns generated in silico, and experimentally observed peptide masses. A "hit-list" can be compiled, ranking candidate proteins in the database, based on (among other criteria) the number of matches between the theoretical and experimental proteolytic fragments.
  • Several Web sites are accessible that provide software for protein identification on-line, based on peptide mapping and sequence database search strategies (e.g., http://www.expasy.ch).
  • Data collected from a mass spectrometer typically comprises the intensity and mass to charge ratio for each detected event.
  • Spectral data can be recorded in any suitable form, including, e.g., in graphical, numerical, or electronic formats, either in digital or analog form.
  • Spectra are preferably recorded in a storage medium, including, e.g., magnetic, such as floppy disk, tape, or hard disk; optical, such as CD-ROM or laser-disc; or, ROM-CHIPS.
  • the mass spectrum of a given sample typically provides information on protein intensity, mass to charge ratio, and molecular weight.
  • the molecular weights of proteins in the sample are used as a matching criterion to query a database.
  • the molecular weights are calculated conventionally, e.g., by subtracting the mass of the ionizing proton for singly- charged protonated molecular ions, by multiplying the measured mass/charge ratio by the number of charges for multiply-charged ions and subtracting the number of ionizing protons.
  • databases are useful in accordance with the present invention.
  • Useful databases include, databases containing genomic sequences, expressed gene sequences, and/or expressed protein sequences.
  • Preferred databases contain nucleotide sequence-derived molecular masses of proteins present in a known organism, organ, tissue, or cell-type. There are a number of algorithms molecular weight information.
  • Several publicly accessible databases are available, including, the SwissPROT/TrEMBL database (http://www.expasy.ch).
  • a mass spectrometer is equipped with commercial software that identifies peaks above a certain threshold level, calculates mass, charge, and intensity of detected ions. Correlating molecular weight with a given output peak can be accomplished directly from the spectral data, i.e., where the charge on an ion is one and the molecular weight is therefore equal to the numerator value minus the mass of the ionizing proton.
  • protein ions can be complexed with various counter-ions and adducts, such as N, C, and K'. In such a case, it would be expected that a given protein ion would exhibit multiple peaks, such as a triplet, representing different ionic states (or species) of the same protein.
  • post-translation processing may have to be considered.
  • processing events including, proteolytic processing, removal of N-terminal methionine, acetylation, methylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, etc.
  • a database can be queried for a range of proteins matching the molecular mass of the unknown.
  • the range window can be determined by the accuracy of the instrument, the method by which the sample was prepared, etc. Based on the number of hits (where a hit is match) in the spectrum, the unknown protein or peptide is identified or classified.
  • Methods of identifying one or more ADP by mass spectrometry are useful for diagnosis and prognosis of Alzheimer's disease.
  • such methods are used to detect one or more ADP present in human CSF.
  • Exemplary techniques are described in U.S. Patent Applications 02/0060290, 02/0137106, 02/0138208, 02/0142343, 02/0155509, disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described ⁇ herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, screening assays, and pharmacogenetics as further described herein.
  • the invention provides diagnostic and prognostic assays for detecting ADP nucleic acids and proteins, as further described. Also provided are diagnostic and prognostic assays for detecting interactions between ADPs and ADP target molecules, particularly natural agonists and antagonists.
  • the present invention provides methods for identifying polypeptides that are differentially expressed between two or more samples. "Differential expression” refers to differences in the protein expression from transcription through post-translational modification. For example, using protein array methods, two samples are bound to affinity spots on different sets of adsorbents (e.g., chips) and recognition maps are compared to identify polypeptides that are differentially retained by the two sets of adsorbents. Differential retention includes quantitative retention as well as qualitative differences in the polypeptide.
  • differences in post-translational modification of a protein can result in differences in recognition maps detectable as differences in binding characteristics (e.g., glycosylated proteins bind differently to lectin adsorbents) or differences in mass (e.g., post-translational cleavage products).
  • an adsorbent can have an array of affinity spots selected for a combination of markers diagnostic for a disease or syndrome.
  • Differences in polypeptide levels between samples e.g., differentially expressed ADPs in CSF samples
  • desorption spectrometry e.g., mass spectrometry
  • Unknown proteins can be identified by detecting physicochemical characteristics (e.g., molecular mass), and this information can be used to search databases for proteins having similar profiles.
  • Preferred methods of detecting an ADP utilize mass spectrometry techniques. Such methods provide information about the size and character of the particular ADP isoform that is present in a sample, e.g., a biological sample submitted for diagnosis or prognosis.
  • Mass spectrometry techniques are detailed in the section titled "Detection of ADPs by mass spectrometry”.
  • Example 1 outlines a preferred detection scheme, wherein a biological sample is separated by chromatography before characterization by mass spectrometry.
  • the invention provides a method of detecting an ADP in a biological sample comprising the steps of: fractionating a biological sample (e.g., CSF, plasma, serum, lymph, cell lysate of a particular tissue) by at least one chromatographic step; subjecting a fraction to mass spectrometry; and comparing the characteristics of polypeptide species observed in mass spectrometry with known characteristics of ADP polypeptides.
  • a biological sample e.g., CSF, plasma, serum, lymph, cell lysate of a particular tissue
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to detect ADP mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in an ADP-encoding gene, and to modulate an ADP activity, as described further below.
  • the ADPs can be used to screen for naturally occurring ADP target molecules, and to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate ADP activity.
  • the anti- ADP antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate ADPs, regulate the bioavailability of ADPs, and modulate ADP activity.
  • one embodiment of the present invention involves a method of use wherein a molecule of the present invention (e.g., an ADP, ADP nucleic acid, ADP modulator, or antibody) is used, for example, to diagnose and/or prognose a disorder in which any of the aforementioned ADP activities is indicated.
  • a molecule of the present invention e.g., an ADP, ADP nucleic acid, ADP modulator, or antibody
  • the present invention involves a method of use wherein a molecule of the present invention is used, for example, for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of subjects, preferably a human subject, in which any of the aforementioned activities is pathologically
  • the invention encompasses a method of determining whether an ADP is expressed within a biological sample comprising: a) contacting said biological sample with: i) a polynucleotide that hybridizes under stringent conditions to an ADP nucleic acid; or ii) a detectable polypeptide (e.g.
  • the polynucleotide is a primer
  • said hybridization is detected by detecting the presence of an amplification product comprising said primer sequence, or the detectable polypeptide is an antibody.
  • detection involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegren et al. (1988) Science 241: 1077- 1080; and Nakazawa et al.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligation chain reaction
  • Also envisioned is a method of determining whether a mammal, preferably human, has an elevated or reduced level of expression of an ADP comprising: a) providing a biological sample from said mammal; and b) comparing the amount of an ADP or of an ADP RNA species encoding an ADP within said biological sample with a level detected in or expected from a control sample.
  • An increased amount of said ADP or said ADP RNA species within said biological sample compared to said level detected in or expected from said control sample indicates that said mammal has an elevated level of ADP expression
  • a decreased amount of said ADP or said ADP RNA species within said biological sample compared to said level detected in or expected from said control sample indicates that said mammal has a reduced level of expression of an ADP.
  • the present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic purposes.
  • one aspect of the present invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining ADP and/or nucleic acid expression as well as ADP activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., CSF, blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant ADP expression or activity.
  • a biological sample e.g., CSF, blood, serum, cells, tissue
  • the invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with an ADP, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in an ADP-encoding gene can be assayed in a biological sample. individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with ADP expression or activity.
  • biological sample is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from an individual, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within an individual. That is, the detection methods of the invention can be used to detect an ADP mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo.
  • Preferred biological samples are biological fluids such as lymph, serum, plasma, blood, and especially CSF.
  • in vitro techniques for detection of an ADP mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations.
  • in vitro techniques for detection of an ADP include mass spectrometry, Enzyme Linked Immuno Sorbent
  • ELISAs Assays
  • Western blots immunoprecipitations and immunofluorescence.
  • In vitro techniques for detection of an ADP -encoding genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations.
  • in vivo techniques for detection of an ADP include introducing into an individual a labeled anti- ADP antibody.
  • the subject methods can be characterized by generally comprising detecting, in a tissue sample of the individual (e.g. a human patient), the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of (i) a mutation of a gene encoding one of the subject ADP or (ii) the mis-expression of an ADP-encoding gene.
  • such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the ADP-encoding gene, (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to the gene, (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, (iv) a gross chromosomal rearrangement or amplification of the gene, (v) a gross alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene, (vi) aberrant modification of the gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene, and (v ⁇ i) reduced level of expression, indicating lesion in regulatory element or reduced stability of an ADP-encoding transcript.
  • aberrant methylation patterns of an ADP nucleic acid can be detected by digesting genomic DNA from a patient sample with one or more restriction endonucleases that are sensitive to methylation and for which recognition sites exist in the ADP- encoding gene (including in the flanking and intronic sequences). See, for example, Buiting et al. (1994) Human MoI Genet 3:893-895. Digested DNA -is.-se41ara.ted by gel electrophoresis, and hybridized with probes derived from, for example, genomic or cDNA sequences. The methylation status of the ADP-encoding gene can be determined by comparison of the restriction pattern generated from the sample DNA with that for a standard of known methylation.
  • a diagnostic assay is provided which detects the ability of an ADP nucleic acid
  • ADP to bind to a cell surface or extracellular protein For instance, it will be desirable to detect ADP mutants which, while expressed at appreciable levels in the cell, are defective at binding an ADP may arise, for example, from mutations, e.g., point mutants, which may be impractical to detect by the diagnostic DNA sequencing techniques or by the immunoassays described above.
  • the present invention accordingly further contemplates diagnostic screening assays which generally comprise cloning one or more ADP-encoding gene from the sample tissue, and expressing the cloned genes under conditions which permit detection of an interaction between that recombinant gene product and a target protein.
  • a target protein can be provided as an immobilized protein (a
  • target such as by use of GST fusion proteins and glutathione treated microtiter plates as described herein.
  • the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the level of an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA is measured in the biological sample, and comparing the level of the ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample to that of the test sample.
  • a compound or agent capable of detecting an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA such that the level of an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA is measured in the biological sample
  • the invention also encompasses kits for detecting the presence of an ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in a biological sample.
  • the kit can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting an ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of an ADP in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of ADP in the sample with a standard.
  • the compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container.
  • the kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect ADP or nucleic acid.
  • the invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying candidate modulators (e.g., small molecules, peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics or other drugs) which bind to ADPs, have a modulatory effect on, for example, ADP expression or preferably ADP biological activity.
  • candidate modulators e.g., small molecules, peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics or other drugs
  • small molecules can be generated using combinatorial chemistry or can be obtained from a natural products library.
  • Assays may be cell based or non-cell based assays.
  • Drug screening assays may be binding assays or more preferentially functional assays, as further described.
  • the body fluid analyzed for the level of at least one ADP is preferably from a non-human mammal.
  • the non-human mammal is preferably one in which the induction of an anti- Alzheimer's disease response by endogenous and/or exogenous agents is predictive of the induction of such a response in a human.
  • Rodents mice, rats, etc.
  • primates are particularly suitable for use in this aspect of the invention.
  • Agents that are found, using screening assays as further described herein, to modulate ADP activity by at least 5%, more preferably by at least 10%, still more preferably by at least 30%, still more preferably by at least 50%, still more preferably by at least 70%, even more preferably by at least 90 %, may be selected for further testing as a prophylactic and/or therapeutic anti-Alzheimer's disease agent.
  • agents that are found, using screening assays as further described herein, to modulate ADP expression by at least 5%, more preferably by at least 10%, still more preferably by at least 30%, still more preferably by at least 50%, still more preferably by at least 70%, even more preferably by at least 90 %, may be selected for further testing as a prophylactic and/or therapeutic anti-Alzheimer's disease agent.
  • Agents that are found to modulate ADP activity may be used, for example, to modulate treatment regimens for Alzheimer's disease or to reduce the symptoms of Alzheimer's disease alone or in combination with other appropriate agents or treatments.
  • Protein array methods are useful for screening and drug discovery. For example, one member of a receptor/ ligand pair is docked to an adsorbent, and its ability to bind the binding partner is determined in the presence of the test substance. Because of the rapidity with which adsorption can be tested, combinatorial libraries of test substances can be easily screened for their ability to modulate the interaction. In preferred screening methods, ADPs are docked to the adsorbent. Binding partners are preferably labeled, thus enabling detection of the interaction.
  • a test substance is docked to the adsorbent.
  • the polypeptides of the invention are exposed to the test substance and screened for binding.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity can be accomplished by monitoring the bioactivity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof.
  • the cell for example, can be of mammalian origin, insect origin, bacterial origin or a yeast cell.
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are target molecules of an ADP or biologically active portion thereof.
  • the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • biological libraries are used with peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K. S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12: 145, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity can also be accomplished, for example, by coupling the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a label group such that binding of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof to its cognate target molecule can be determined by detecting the labeled ADP or biologically active portion thereof in a complex.
  • the extent of complex formation may be measured by immunoprecipitating the complex or by performing gel electrophoresis.
  • a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with its cognate target molecule without the labeling of either the compound or the target molecule. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992) Science 257:1906-1912, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a microphysiometer such as a cytosensor is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a Light-Addressable Potentiometric Sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between compound and receptor.
  • LAPS Light-Addressable Potentiometric Sensor
  • the assay comprises: contacting a cell which expresses an ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a target molecule to form an assay mixture, contacting the the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof comprises: determining the ability of the test compound to modulate a biological activity of the ADP expressing cell (e.g., interaction with an ADP target molecule, as discussed above).
  • the assay comprises contacting a cell which is responsive to an ADP or biologically active portion thereof with an ADP or biologically active portion thereof, to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof comprises determining the ability of the test compound to modulate a biological activity of the ADP-responsive cell.
  • an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing an ADP target molecule (i.e. a molecule with which ADPs interact) with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP target molecule. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of an ADP target molecule can be accomplished, for example, by assessing the activity of a target molecule, or by assessing the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with the ADP target molecule.
  • ADP target molecule i.e. a molecule with which ADPs interact
  • Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for directly or indirectly determining binding.
  • the assay includes contacting the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds said ADP (e.g., an-ADP antibody or target molecule) to form an assay mixture, contacting the ADP with a test compound before or after said known compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with the ADP.
  • Determining the ability of the test compound to interact with an ADP comprises deterrnining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to the ADP or biologically active portion thereof as compared to the known compound.
  • Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to an ADP target molecule can also be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA).
  • BIA Biomolecular Interaction Analysis
  • BIOA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real-time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore).
  • the assay is a cell-free assay in which an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof is determined. In a preferred can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule.
  • the activity of the target molecule can be determined by contacting the target molecule with the ADP or a fragment thereof and measuring induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (e.g., cAMP, STAT3, Akt, intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target for an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a target- responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a target-regulated cellular response, for example, signal transduction or protein:protein interactions.
  • a cellular second messenger of the target e.g., cAMP, STAT3, Akt, intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.
  • a reporter gene comprising a target- responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e
  • the cell-free assays of the present invention are amenable to use of both soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g. ADPs or biologically active portions thereof or molecules to which ADPs targets bind).
  • isolated proteins e.g. ADPs or biologically active portions thereof or molecules to which ADPs targets bind.
  • a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of the isolated protein is maintained in solution.
  • non-ionic detergents such as n
  • an ADP or its target molecule it may be desirable to immobilize either an ADP or its target molecule to facilitate separation of completed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay.
  • Binding of a test compound to an ADP, or interaction of an ADP with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants and by any immobilization protocol described herein.
  • the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of ADP binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
  • an ADP or an ADP target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated ADP or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin- coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).
  • antibodies reactive with ADP or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the ADP to its target molecule can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or ADP trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes in addition to those described above for the the ADP or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the ADP or target molecule.
  • modulators of ADP expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of ADP mRNA or protein in the cell is determined.
  • the level of expression of ADP mKNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of ADP mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound.
  • the candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of ADP expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of ADP mRNA or protein is greater (statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of ADP mRNA or protein expression.
  • the candidate compound when expression of ADP mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of ADP mRNA or protein expression.
  • the level of ADP mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting ADP mRNA or protein.
  • the ADP can be used as "bait proteins" in a two- hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993) Cell 72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993) Biotechniques 14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al.
  • ADP-binding proteins proteins which bind to or interact with ADPs
  • ADP-binding proteins proteins which bind to or interact with ADPs
  • ADP-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the ADP or ADP targets as, for example, downstream elements of an ADP-mediated signaling pathway.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • the gene that codes for an ADP or a fragment thereof is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4).
  • a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming an ADP -dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity.
  • the present invention includes a compound or agent obtainable by a method comprising the steps of any one of the aforementioned screening assays (e.g., cell-based assays or cell-free assays).
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the ADP. assays and to processes for producing such agents by use of these assays.
  • the present invention includes a compound or agent obtainable by a method comprising the steps of any one of the aforementioned screening assays (e.g., cell-based assays or cell-free assays).
  • an agent identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model.
  • an agent identified as described herein e.g., an ADP modulating agent, or an ADP -binding partner
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent.
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent.
  • this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
  • the present invention also pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for diagnoses, prognoses, prevention, and treatments as described herein. Accordingly, it is within the scope of the present invention to use such agents in the design, formulation, synthesis, manufacture, and/or production of a drug or pharmaceutical composition for use in diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment, as described herein.
  • the present invention includes a method of synthesizing or producing a drug or pharmaceutical composition by reference to the structure and/or properties of a compound obtainable by one of the above-described screening assays.
  • a drug or pharmaceutical composition can be synthesized based on the structure and/or properties of a compound obtained by a method in which a cell which expresses an ADP target molecule is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to, or modulate the activity of, the ADP target molecule is determined.
  • the present invention includes a method of synthesizing or producing a drug or pharmaceutical composition based on the structure and/or properties of a compound obtainable by a method in which an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to, or modulate, the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof is determined.
  • In vivo screening assays are carried out in nonhuman animals to discover effective ADP and ADP modulators that may play a role in Alzheimer's disease.
  • Animal-based model systems of Alzheimer's disease include, but are not limited to, non-recombinant animals and transgenic animals.
  • Non-recombinant, non-genetic animal models of Alzheimer's disease may include, for example, pig, rabbit, mice, or rat models in which the animal has been exposed to a drug inducing Brain Res. 647:44-56, 1994), or MK-801.
  • basal forebrain lesions induced for example by stereotaxic injection of ibotenic acid in the nucleus basalis magnocellularis
  • fimbria-fornix lesions for example electrolytically-induced
  • septum lesions induced for example by stereotaxic injection of vincristine.
  • the efficacy of the ADP-related composition in correcting the chemically- or surgically-induced defect can be evaluated.
  • polypeptides of the present invention When polypeptides of the present invention are expressed in soluble form, for example as a secreted product of transformed yeast or mammalian cells, they can be purified according to standard procedures of the art, including steps of ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, gel filtration, electrophoresis, affinity chromatography, according to, e.g., "Enzyme Purification and Related Techniques," Methods in Enzymology, 22:233-577 (1977), and Scopes, R., Protein Purification: Principles and Practice (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1982) provide guidance in such purifications.
  • polypeptides of the invention when expressed in insoluble form, for example as aggregates or inclusion bodies, they can be purified by appropriate techniques, including separating the inclusion bodies from disrupted host cells by centrifugation, solubilizing the inclusion bodies with chaotropic and reducing agents, diluting the solubilized mixture, and lowering the concentration of chaotropic agent and reducing agent so that the polypeptide takes on a biologically active conformation.
  • chaotropic and reducing agents diluting the solubilized mixture
  • concentration of chaotropic agent and reducing agent so that the polypeptide takes on a biologically active conformation.
  • compositions suitable for administration can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
  • Such compositions typically comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents,_dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringe
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL® (BASF, Parsippany, NJ.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and other required ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. Most preferably, active compound is delivered to a subject by intravenous injection.
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the active compound may be coated on a microchip drug delivery device.
  • a microchip drug delivery device Such devices are useful for controlled delivery of proteinaceous compositions into the bloodstream, cerebrospinal fluid, lymph, or tissue of an individual without subjecting such compositions to digestion or subjecting the individual to injection. Methods of using microchip drug delivery devices are described in US Patents 6123861, 5797898 and US Patent application 20020119176Al, disclosures of which are hereby incorporated in their entireties. It-is especially advantageous to formulate oral or preferably parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
  • Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a given circulating concentration, subsequently used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
  • Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the ADP modulators and ADP -related compositions of the invention can be used in the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's disease.
  • the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing an antibody, antibody fragment, ADP, or peptide modulator of ADP, preferably containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the carrier or diluent is preferably adapted for oral, intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous administration.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may comprise or consist essentially of any of the ADPs, ADP-related compositions, ADP modulators, anti-ADP antibodies, or anti-ADP antibody fragments described herein.
  • agents are useful for the treatment and prevention of Alzheimer's disease. Such agents may be used advantageously in combination with an ADP-related composition.
  • cholinesterases inhibitors such as Aricept® (donepezil HCl), Exelon® (rivastigmine), Reminyl® (galantamine HBr) and Cognex® (tacrine), or N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDA) antagonists such as Namenda® (Memantime) are being used to alleviate the symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, and may be used advantageously in combination with an ADP- related composition of the invention.
  • Namenda® Memantime
  • Example 1 Characterization of ADP in human Cerebrospinal Fluid CSF from 11 AD patients and from 11 matched controls (gender, age, ethnicity) were collected. Exclusion criteria for both groups included cancers, systemic chronic diseases, cirrhosis, renal failure, and more. Patients were assessed using the MMSE score and DSM-FV criteria and diagnosis was based upon the NINCDS-ARDA criteria.
  • Step 1 Transthyretin, transferrin, IgG and human albumin depletion
  • an immunodepletion technique is based on addition of anti-transferrin IgG, followed by incubation and retention of the transferrin-IgG complex on the protein G column used to deplete CSF IgG.
  • transthyretin which represents about 10% of total protein content in CSF, and which is the major component of low molecular weight protein fraction, was depleted by the immunodepletion technique.
  • Anti-transferrin and anti-transthyretin IgG were purified from commercial goat serum (Strategic Biosolution, USA) by affinity chromatography on Protein G Sepharose (Amersham, Uppsala, Sweden) accordingly to the chromatography gel manufacturer instructions.
  • the non-retained, depleted, fraction is defrost, adjusted to 0.2% TFA concentration with a 10% TFA solution in water, and injected on a PLRPS 300A HPLC column (Polymer Laboratories, UK) (0.46 cm X 5 cm) at 1 ml/min. The column was washed with 0.2% TFA in 5% CH3CN. Proteins are eluted with a one-column volume gradient from 0% to 100% of 0.2% TFA in 80% CH3CN. The eluted fraction is used for the subsequent chromatography steps and frozen at -20°C until use.
  • Step 3 In line Gel Filtration and cation exchange chromatography
  • the reverse phase capture eluate is defrost, concentrated to 0.5 ml by vacuum concentration in a Speed Vac concentrator and injected on a Biosec SEC3000 HPLC column (0.7 cm X 60 cm) coupled with a Source 15S column (0.3 cm X 5 cm) at 0.6 ml/min.
  • the two in-line columns were equilibrated with 0.2% TFA in 30% CH3CN.
  • the two in-line columns are disconnected during injection and elution of high molecular weight proteins. When an elution volume corresponding to an apparent molecular weight cut off of 25kDa is reached, the two columns are connected and washed with equilibration solution.
  • Proteins adsorbed on the source 15S column are eluted with a biphasic linear gradient from 0% to 30% of Gly/HCl buffer 20 mM in, 8M urea, IM NaCl, pH2.7 (buffer B), in 2 ml followed by a 30% to 100% buffer B in 2 ml. Elution flow rate was 0.2 ml/min. 15 fractions were collected, based on time. The 6 fractions containing proteins (positive UV adsorption signal for 280 nm wavelength) are used for the following step.
  • each one of the 6 cation exchange fractions was reduced with dithioerythritol (DTE, 30 mM, 2 hours at 37 0 C) and alkylated with iodoacetamid (120 mM, 30 min at 37°C in the dark, under agitation).
  • DTE dithioerythritol
  • iodoacetamid 120 mM, 30 min at 37°C in the dark, under agitation.
  • the latter reaction was stopped with the addition of DTE (30 mM) followed by acidification (TFA, 0.1%).
  • the fractions were then injected on a Vydac C4, 3 ⁇ m, 300 angstroms column (Vydac, CA, USA), 4.6 mm ID, and 100 mm length.
  • Step 5 Mass detection 90 fractions were collected following reverse phase HPLC fractionation into 96-well deep well plates (DWP). 96-well plates (DWP) are recovered and subjected to concentration step. proteins are then digested by re-buffering, adding trypsin to the wells, sealing and incubating the plates at 37 C for 12 hours. The concentration of trypsin to be added to the wells was adjusted based on the OD at 210 run recorded for each particular fraction. This ensures an optimal use of trypsin and a complete digestion of the most concentrated fractions. Contents from each well of the 96 well plates are analyzed by LC-ESI-MS-MS on Bruker Esquire ESI Ion-Trap MS devices.
  • an ADP of the invention is synthesized.
  • Peptide fragment intermediates are first synthesized and then assembled into the desired polypeptide.
  • An ADP can initially be prepared in, e.g. 5 fragments, selected to have a Cys residue at the N-terminus of the fragment to be coupled.
  • Fragment 1 is initially coupled to fragment 2 to give a first product, then after preparative HPLC purification, the first product is coupled to fragment 3 to give a second product. After preparative HPLC purification, the second product is coupled to j fragment 4 to give a third product. Finally, after preparative HPLC purification, the third product is coupled to fragment 5 to give the desired polypeptide, which is purified and refolded. Thioester formation
  • Fragments 2, 3, 4, and 5 are synthesized on a thioester generating resin, as described above.
  • the following resin is prepared: S-acetylthioglycolic acid pentafluorophenylester is coupled to a Leu-PAM resin under conditions essentially as described by Hackeng et al (1999).
  • the resulting resin is used as a starting resin for peptide chain elongation on a 0.2 mmol scale after removal of the acetyl protecting group with a 30 min treatment with 10% mercaptoethanol, 10% piperidine in DMF.
  • N ⁇ of the N-terminal Cys residues of fragments 2 through 5 are protected by coupling a Boc-thioproline (Boc-SPr, i.e. Boc-L-thioproline) to the terminus of the respective chains instead of a Cys having conventional N ⁇ or S p protection, e.g. Brik et al, J. Org. Chem., 65: 3829-3835 (2000).
  • Boc-SPr i.e. Boc-L-thioproline
  • Solid-phase synthesis is performed on a custom-modified 433A peptide synthesizer from tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate (HBTU) activation protocols for stepwise Boc chemistry chain elongation, as described by Schn ⁇ lzer et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193 (1992).
  • Each synthetic cycle consists of N ⁇ -Boc -removal by a 1 to 2 min treatment with neat TFA, a 1-min DMF flow wash, a 10-min coupling time with 2.0 mmol of preactivated Boc-amino acid in the presence of excess DIEA and a second DMF flow wash.
  • N ⁇ -Boc-amino acids (2 mmol) are preactivated for 3 min with 1.8mmol HBTU (0.5 M in DMF) in the presence of excess DEEA (6mmol).
  • HBTU 0.5 M in DMF
  • DEEA 6mmol
  • a dichloromethane flow wash is used before and after deprotection using TFA, to prevent possible high temperature (TFA/DMF)-catalyzed pyrrolidone carboxylic acid formation.
  • Side-chain protected amino acids are Boc-Arg(p-toluenesulfonyl)-OH, Boc-Asn(xanthyl)-OH, Boc-Asp(O-cyclohexyl)-OH, Boc-Cys(4-methylberi2yl)-OH, BoC-GIu(O- cyclohexyl)-OH, Boc-His(dinitrophenylbenzyl)-OH, Boc-Lys(2-Cl-Z)-OH, Boc-Ser(benzyl)-OH, Boc-Thr(benzyl)-OH, Boc-Trp(cyclohexylcarbonyl)-OH and Boc-Tyr(2-Br-Z)-OH (O ⁇ egen Pharma, Heidelberg, Germany).
  • C- terminal Fragment 1 is synthesized on a preloaded Boc-amino acyl PAM resin (0.4-0.7 mmol/g) at a 0.2 mmol scale, while for Fragments 2 through 5 machine-assisted synthesis is started on the Boc- Xaa-S-CH 2 -CO-Leu-Pam resin.
  • This resin is obtained by the coupling of S-trityl-mercaptoacetic acid to a Leu-PAM resin under standard conditions.
  • the resulting resin is used as a starting resin for peptide chain elongation on a 0.2 mmol scale after removal of the trityl protecting group with a 2xl5min treatment with 95% TFA 1 2.5% H 2 O 5 2.5% TIS.
  • the peptide fragments are deprotected and cleaved from the resin by treatment with anhydrous hydrogen fluoride for lhr at 0 0 C with 5% p-cresol as a scavenger.
  • anhydrous hydrogen fluoride for lhr at 0 0 C with 5% p-cresol as a scavenger In all cases except Fragment 1, the imidazole side chain 2,4-dinitrophenyl (DNP) protecting groups remain on His residues because the DNP -removal procedure is incompatible with C-terminal thioester groups. However DNP is gradually removed by thiols during the ligation reaction, yielding unprotected His.
  • DNP imidazole side chain 2,4-dinitrophenyl
  • peptide fragments are precipitated with ice-cold diethylether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile and lyophilized.
  • the peptide fragments are purified by RP-HPLC with a C18 column from Waters by using linear gradients of buffer B (acetonitile/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) in buffer A (H ⁇ O/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) and UV detection at 214nm.
  • Samples are analyzed by electrospray mass spectrometry (ESMS) using an Esquire instrument (Briicker, Bremen , Germany), or like instrument.
  • ESMS electrospray mass spectrometry
  • the ligation of unprotected fragments is performed as follows: the dry peptides are dissolved in equimolar amounts in 6M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl), 0.2M phosphate, pH 7.5 in order to get a final peptide concentration of 1-8 mM at a pH around 7, and 1% benzylmercaptan, 1% thiophenol is added. Usually, the reaction is carried out subsequently treated to remove protecting groups still present. Opening of the N-terminal thiazolidine ring further required the addition of solid methoxamine to a 0.5M final concentration at pH3.5 and a further incubation for 2h at 37°C. A 10-fold excess of Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine is added before preparative HPLC purification. Fractions containing the polypeptide chain are identified by ESMS, pooled and lyophilized.
  • the ligation of fragments 4 and 5 is performed at pH7.0 in 6 M GuHCl.
  • the concentration of each reactant is 8mM, and 1% benzylmercaptan and 1% thiophenol were added to create a reducing environment and to facilitate the ligation reaction.
  • An almost quantitative ligation reaction is observed after overnight stirring at 37°C.
  • CH 3 -O-NH 2 -HCl is added to the solution to get a 0.5M final concentration, and the pH adjusted to 3.5 in order to open the N- terminal thiazolidine ring.
  • ESMS is used to confirm the completion of the reaction.
  • the reaction mixture is subsequently treated with a 10-fold excess of Tris(2- carboxyethylphosphine) over the peptide fragment and after 15min, the ligation product is purified using the preparative HPLC (e.g., C4, 20-60% CH 3 CN, 0.5% per min), lyophilized, and stored at - 20 0 C.
  • the preparative HPLC e.g., C4, 20-60% CH 3 CN, 0.5% per min
  • the two polypeptides were prepared by SPPS on a 0.2 mmolscale using machine-assisted protocols on a custom-modified Applied Biosystems model 433 A peptide synthesizer, using in situ neutralization/HCTU activation procedure for Boc chemistry as described (Schn ⁇ lzer et al., Int. J.
  • Boc-amino acyl -Pam preloaded resin Boc-amino acyl -Pam preloaded resin.
  • peptides were deprotected and cleaved from the resin by treatment with anhydrous HF for Ih at 0°C with 5% p-cresol as scavenger.
  • the peptides were precipitated with diethyl ether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile, lyophilized and purified by preparative RP-HPLC on a Waters 600 HPLC module using a Vydac C8 5 urn 300A, 22x250mm column.
  • Peptide identity was confirmed by ESI-MS with a Bruker Esquire 3000 Ion Trap (Bruker
  • Protein purity 97.00 % (by RP-HPLC analysis, column Waters Symmetry 300A, C 18, 5 ⁇ m, UV detection 214nm) .
  • the synthesized sequence was:
  • Protein purity 91.17 % (by RP-HPLC analysis, column Waters Symmetry 300A, C18, 5 ⁇ m, UV detection 214nm).
  • a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the ADP or a portion thereof over a period of a few weeks. The mouse is then sacrificed, and the antibody producing cells of the spleen isolated. The spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media comprising aminopterin (HAT media). The successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued.
  • HAT media aminopterin
  • Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody in the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as originally described by Engvall, E., Meth. Enzymol. 70: 419 (1980), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Davis, L. et al. Basic Methods in Molecular Biology Elsevier, New York. Section 21-2, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies to heterogeneous epitopes in the ADP or a portion thereof are prepared by immunizing a mouse with the ADP or a portion thereof, which can be unmodified or modified to enhance immunogenicity.
  • Any suitable nonhuman animal preferably a non-human mammal, may be selected including rat, rabbit, goat, or horse.
  • Antibody preparations prepared according to either the monoclonal or the polyclonal protocol are useful in quantitative immunoassays which determine concentrations of ADP in biological samples; or they are also used semi-quantitatively or qualitatively to identify the presence of antigen in a biological sample.
  • the antibodies may also be used.in-therapeutic compositions for killing cells expressing the protein or reducing the levels of the protein in the body.
  • Example 5 In vitro effects of ADP 9 and ADP 23 on cortical neurons survival Primary cultures of rat cortical neurons
  • a female rat of 17 days gestation was killed by cervical dislocation; the fetuses were removed from the uterus. Their brains were removed and placed in ice-cold medium of Leibovitz (L 15, Gibco, Invitrogen, Cergy-Pontoise, France). Cortex were dissected and meninges were carefully removed. The cortical neurons were dissociated by trypsinization for 30 min at 37 0 C (trypsin-EDTA Gibco) in presence of DNAse I (Roche, Meylan).
  • the reaction was stopped by addition of medium of Eagle suspension was triturated with a 10-ml pipette and using a needle syringe 2 IG and centrifiiged at 350 x g for 10 min at room temperature.
  • the pellets of dissociated cells were resuspended in culture medium containing Neurobasal medium (Gibco) with 2% of B27 supplement (Gibco) and 0.5 mM of glutamine (Gibco).
  • Viable cells were counted in a Neubauer cytometer using the trypan blue exclusion test (Sigma ref T8154) and seeded on the basis of 4 000 cells per well in 96 well-plates (TPP) precoated with poly-L-lysine. Cells were allowed to adhere 2-3h and maintained in a humidified incubator at 37°C in 5 % CO 2 -95 air atmosphere. Test compounds were then added to the medium.
  • BDNF Tebu, Peprotech
  • neuronal survival was assayed by measuring acid phosphatase activity according to a method known in the art. Briefly, after removal of the culture medium, cells were rinsed with 100 ⁇ l of PBS (Phosphatase Buffer Saline, Gibco), after 100 ⁇ l of buffer containing 0.1 M sodium acetate (pH 5.5), 0.1% Triton XlOO and lmg/ml p-nitrophenyl phosphate (Sigma) was added. Reaction was stopped by addition of 10 ⁇ l of IN NaOH. Enzyme activity was measured at 405 nm in a microplate reader (Labsystems Multiskan Bichromatic).
  • a global analysis of the data was done using a one way analysis of variance (ANOVA). Where applicable, Fisher's PLSD test was used for multiple pairwise comparison. The level of significance was set at p ⁇ 0.05.
  • BDNF used (at 50 ng/ml) as reference compound, significantly enhanced cortical neurons survival.
  • the experiment was run in triplicate, on 3 different primary cells cultures.
  • the results for ADP 23 are shown in Figure 1.
  • ADP 23 displays a significant effect on cortical neurons survival. neurons survival.

Abstract

The invention discloses human secreted polypeptides whose concentrations are specifically altered in the CSF obtained from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared to the same from individuals free from Alzheimer's disease. The invention also provides methods of using compositions including the polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding them, and antibodies specific for these polypeptides, for diagnosis and prognosis of Alzheimer's disease, and for drug development.

Description

I SECRETED POLYPEPTIDE SPECIES INVOLVED IN ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The invention relates to secreted polypeptide species involved in Alzheimer's disease, to isolated polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides, to polymorphic variants thereof, and to the use of said nucleic acids and polypeptides or compositions thereof in detection assays, for Alzheimer's disease diagnosis, and for drug development.
BACKGROUND
There is a tremendous unmet need both for a simple, accurate and convenient test to help diagnose Alzheimer's disease and for an effective treatment for the illness.
Alzheimer's disease represents a major public health issue for health care providers and long term care facilities. It is the most common cause of dementia in persons 65 years of age and older and is the fourth leading cause of death among the elderly. It currently afflicts an estimated four million people in the United States and at least 12 million people worldwide.
Alzheimer's disease is an incurable, progressive, terminal brain disease that afflicts mainly the elderly. It is marked by an irreversible decline in mental abilities, including memory, language and comprehension, and often accompanied by changes in behavior and personality. The course of the illness is typically from 8 to 12 years from the onset of symptoms to death. The definition of the disease is histologic, with 2 hallmarks being the shrinkage or disappearance of brain cells that are ■ replaced by neuritic (amyloid) plaques, and the apparition of thread-like tangles within brain cells (neurofibrillary tangles). As a consequence, there is a loss of neurotransmitter Acetylcholine (AC) in the cerebral cortex.
Risk factors of the disease include: age, as incidence increases with aging (from 1% at 65 years up to 25% at 85 years) - genetics, although the most common form of AD is sporadic (90 % in elderly vs. inherited form: 10 %, in adults 40 to 50 years old) - Down syndrome, as patients develop AD like illness if they are older than 35 years. The latter is linked to the fact that the amyloid precursor protein gene is on Ch 21.
Familial AD (autosomal dominant) can involve the Presenilin-1 gene (on Ch 14), which encodes the S 182 protein (muted in FAD). In addition, the Presenilin-2 gene (on Ch 1) encodes the STM2 protein, which also causes FAD upon mutations. The ApoE gene on Ch 19 had also been reported to be linked with AD. This protein is involved in cholesterol transport. The gene is composed of 3 alleles' ApoE2, ApoE3, ApoE4. ApoE, and the AD risk increases with phenotype ApoE4/ApoE4, whereas it decreases with phenotype ApoE2. care, institutional and social costs for the treatment and care of Alzheimer's disease sufferers. The Surgeon General's Report on Mental Health released on December 13, 1999 put the direct health care costs for the illness in the United States at almost $18 billion for 1996. In a 1998 statement to the House Appropriations Subcommittee, the Director of the National Institute on Aging, Dr.
Richard J. Hodes, estimated that the cost of care to family, caregivers and society in general was as much as $100 billion per year.
These costs are expected to rise sharply as the baby boom generation ages and more people become at risk for the disease. According to Dr. Hodes, the number of Americans aged 65 or over, now some 34 million, is expected to more than double by year 2030. Within this group, the population of persons over the age of 85 is the fastest growing segment. As people live longer, they become more at risk of developing Alzheimer's disease.
At present, there is no cure for Alzheimer's disease. Currently available treatments such as Aricept® (donepezil HCl), Exelon® (rivastigmine), Reminyl® (galantamine HBr) and Cognex® (tacrine) are cholinesterases inhibitors, but only provide a measure of symptomatic relief for patients with mild to moderate AD. Namenda® (Memantime) is an N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDA) antagonist which blocks glutamate activity.
There is also a need for a simple, accurate and convenient test to help in the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. The Surgeon General's Report on Mental Health, released on December 13, 1999, identified the importance and the need for the early detection and diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. The report described the current approach to Alzheimer's disease diagnosis, clinical examination and the exclusion of other common causes of its symptoms, as time- and labor-intensive, costly and largely dependent on the expertise of the examiner. As a result, the illness is currently underrecognized, especially in primary care settings, where most older patients seek care. The report joined other experts writing in the field in recognizing the need for a better, more reliable method for diagnosing the disease in living patients and in particular, the need of a simple, accurate and convenient test that could detect a biochemical change early in patients with Alzheimer's disease.
The early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease is important to physicians, patients and their families and enables them to make informed and early social, legal and medical decisions about treatment and care. Early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease has become increasingly important with new improvements in drug treatment and care. Even a modest delay in institutionalization can mean substantial social and financial savings. Conversely, any testing procedure that could help to rule out
Alzheimer's disease would eliminate the tremendous uncertainty and anxiety patients and their cognitive changes. Early diagnosis represents a potentially large cost-savings in the form of a reduced number of office visits, lab tests, scans and other procedures required by the traditional methods of diagnosis.
The non-specific nature of Alzheimer's disease symptoms makes definitive diagnosis difficult. To address the current weaknesses in the diagnostic state of the art for Alzheimer's disease, the invention provides specific Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) polypeptides whose concentrations are down- or up-regulated in the CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared with the same from individuals free from Alzheimer's disease. By providing the actual polypeptide species, differences in mRNA processing and splicing, translation rate, mRNA stability, and posttranslational modifications such as proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, glycosylation, and amidation are revealed. The polypeptides of the invention are thus described as "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides" or ADPs. These polypeptide sequences are described as ADP 1-25 and comprise the tryptic sequences listed in Table 2.
The present invention discloses "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides" (ADPs), fragments, and post-translationally modified species of ADPs whose concentration is specifically altered in the CSF obtained from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared to the same from individuals free from Alzheimer's disease. Thus, the ADPs of the invention represent an important diagnostic tool for determining the risk of Alzheimer's disease. ADPs are secreted factors and as such, are readily detectable and useful for drug development, diagnosis, and prevention of multiple sclerosis. In addition, it is thought that the ADPs of the invention are linked to factors which trigger the disease, and that as such they will permit to develop new treatments to alleviate disability. The present invention discloses the benefic effect of two ADPs of the invention on the survival of neurons in culture.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compositions related to secreted polypeptides whose concentration is specifically altered in the Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) obtained from individuals with Alzheimer's disease, when compared to the same from individuals free of Alzheimer's disease. These polypeptide species are designated herein "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides", or ADPs. Such Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25. Preferred ADPs comprise a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-3, 10-12, 21-22 and 25. Compositions include ADP precursors, antibodies specific for ADPs, including monoclonal antibodies and other binding compositions derived therefrom. Further included are methods of making and using these compositions. Precursors of the invention include proteolytic sites in the amino acid sequences of ADPs 1-25.
A preferred embodiment of the invention includes ADPs having a posttranslational modification, such as a phosphorylation, glycosylation, acetylation, amidation, or a C-, N- or O- linked carbohydrate group. Additionally preferred are ADPs with intra- or inter-molecular interactions, e.g., disulfide and hydrogen bonds that result in higher order structures. Also preferred are ADPs that result from differential mRNA processing or splicing. Preferably, the ADPs represent posttranslationally modified species, structural variants, or splice variants that are altered in CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease. In another aspect, the invention includes ADPs comprising a sequence which is at least 75 percent identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25. Preferably, the invention includes polypeptides comprising at least 80 percent, and more preferably at least 85 percent, and still more preferably at least 90 percent, identity with any one of the sequences selected from ADPs 1-25. Most preferably, the invention includes polypeptides comprising a sequence at least 95 percent identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25.
In another aspect, the invention includes natural variants of ADPs having a frequency in a selected population of at least two percent. More preferably, such natural variant has a frequency in a selected population of at least five percent, and still more preferably, at least ten percent. Most preferably, such natural variant has a frequency in a selected population of at least twenty percent. The selected population may be any recognized population of study in the field of population genetics. Preferably, the selected population is Caucasian, Negroid, or Asian. More preferably, the selected population is French, German, English, Spanish, Swiss, Japanese, Chinese, Irish, Korean, Singaporean, Icelandic, North American, Israeli, Arab, Turkish, Greek, Italian, Polish, Pacific Islander, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish, Estonian, Austrian, or Indian. More preferably, the selected population is Icelandic, Saami, Finnish, French of Caucasian ancestry, Swiss, Singaporean of Chinese ancestry, Korean, Japanese, Quebecian, North American Pima Indians, Pennsylvanian Amish and Amish Mennonite, Newfoundlander, or Polynesian.
A preferred aspect of the invention provides a composition comprising an isolated ADP, i.e., an ADP free from proteins or protein isoforms having a significantly different isoelectric point or a .significantly different apparent molecular weight from the ADP. The isoelectric point and molecular weight of an ADP may be indicated by affinity and size-based separation chromatography, 2- dimensional gel analysis, and mass spectrometry.
In a preferred aspect, the invention provides particular polypeptide species that comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1- 25). Preferably, ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries in public databases, as set forth in Table 1. Preferred species are polypeptides that i) comprise an amino acid sequence of any one of ADPs 1-25; ii) appear at an acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries set forth in Table 1.
In an additional aspect, the invention includes modified ADPs. Such modifications include protecting/blocking groups, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, and detectable labels, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and isolation of the protein Chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4, acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, or metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin. • Also provided by the invention are chemically modified derivatives of the polypeptides of the invention which may provide additional advantages such as increased solubility, stability and circulating time of the polypeptide, or decreased immunogenicity (e.g., water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, ethylene glycol/propylene glycol copolymers, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol). The ADPs are modified at random positions within the molecule, or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include one, two, three or more attached chemical moieties.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of identifying a modulator of at least one ADP biological activity comprising the steps of: i) contacting a test modulator of an ADP biological activity with the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); ii) detecting the level of said ADP biological activity; and iii) comparing the level of said ADP biological activity to that of a control sample lacking said test modulator. Where the difference in the level of ADP protein biological activity is a decrease, the test modulator is an inhibitor of at least one ADP biological activity. Where the difference in the level of ADP biological activity is an increase, the test substance is an activator of at least one ADP biological activity.
In another aspect of the invention, a method of identifying a modulator of Alzheimer's disease is provided, which comprises the steps of: (a) administering a candidate agent to a non- human test animal which is predisposed to be affected or which is affected by Alzheimer's disease; (b) administering the candidate agent of (a) to a matched control non-human animal not predisposed to be affected or not being affected by Alzheimer's disease; (c) detecting and /or quantifying the level of at least one polypeptide in a biological sample obtained from the non-human test animal of step (a) and from the control animal of step (b), wherein at least one polypeptide is selected from: (i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); (ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); and
(iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; of the polypeptide in the biological sample obtained from the non-human test animal towards the level of the polypeptide in the biological sample obtained from the control animal indicates that the candidate agent is a modulator of Alzheimer's disease. In another aspect, the invention includes polynucleotides encoding an ADP of the invention, polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25), antisense oligonucleotides complementary to such sequences, oligonucleotides complementary to ADP gene sequences for diagnostic and analytical assays (e.g., PCR, hybridization-based techniques), and vectors for expressing ADPs.
In another aspect, the invention provides a vector comprising DNA encoding an ADP. The invention also includes host cells and transgenic nonhuman animals comprising such a vector. There is also provided a method of making an ADP or ADP precursor. One preferred method comprises the steps of (a) providing a host cell containing an expression vector as disclosed above; (b) culturing the host cell under conditions whereby the DNA segment is expressed; and (c) recovering the protein encoded by the DNA segment. Another preferred method comprises the steps of: (a) providing a host cell capable of expressing an ADP; (b) culturing said host cell under conditions that allow expression of said ADP; and (c) recovering said ADP. Within one embodiment the expression vector further comprises a secretory signal sequence operably linked to the DNA segment, the cell secretes the protein into a culture medium, and the protein is recovered from the medium. An especially preferred method of making an ADP includes chemical synthesis using standard peptide synthesis techniques, as described in the section titled "Chemical Manufacture of ADP Compositions" and in Example 2.
In another aspect, the invention includes isolated antibodies specific for any of the polypeptides, peptide fragments, or peptides described above. Preferably, the antibodies of the invention are monoclonal antibodies. Further preferred are antibodies that bind to an ADP exclusively, that is, antibodies that do not recognize other polypeptides with high affinity. Anti-ADP antibodies have purification, diagnostic and prognostic applications. Preferred anti-ADP antibodies for purification and diagnosis are attached to a label group. Diagnostic methods include, but are not limited to, those that employ antibodies or antibody-derived compositions specific for an ADP antigen. Diagnostic methods for detecting ADPs in specific tissue samples and biological fluids (preferably CSF), and for detecting levels of expression of ADPs in tissues, also form part of the invention. Compositions comprising one or more antibodies described above, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also within the scope of the invention, for example, for in vivo diagnosis and drug screening methods.
The invention further provides methods for diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease that comprise detecting the level of at least one ADP in a sample of body fluid, preferably CSF. Most preferably compositions, including primers complementary to ADP genes and/or messenger RNA and anti- ADP antibodies, for detecting and measuring quantities of ADPs in tissues and biological fluids, preferably CSF. These methods are also suitable for clinical screening, prognosis, monitoring the results of therapy, and identifying patients most likely to respond to a particular therapeutic treatment, drug screening and development, and identifying new targets for drug treatment.
A still further aspect of the invention relates to a method for monitoring the efficacy of a treatment of a subject having or at risk of developing Alzheimer's disease with an agent, which comprises the steps of: (a) obtaining a pre-administration biological sample from the subject prior to administration of the agent; (b) detecting and /or quantifying the level of at least one polypeptide in the biological sample from said subject, wherein the at least one polypeptide is selected from (i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); (ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25) and (iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and which comprises steps (c) obtaining one or more post-administration biological samples from the subject; (d) detecting the level of the at least one polypeptide in the post-administration sample or samples; (e) comparing the level of the at least one polypeptide in the pre-administration sample with the level of the at least one polypeptide in the post- administration sample; and (f) adjusting the administration of the agent accordingly.
The invention provides kits that may be used in the above-recited methods and that may comprise single or multiple preparations, or antibodies, together with other reagents, label groups, substrates, if needed, and directions for use. The kits may be used for diagnosis of disease, or may be assays for the identification of new diagnostic and/ or therapeutic agents.
In a preferred embodiment, detection of altered CSF levels of at least one ADP of the invention indicates an increased risk that an individual will develop Alzheimer's disease. Preferably, said detection indicates that an individual has at least a 1.05-fold, 1.1-fold, 1.15-fold, and more preferably at least a 1.2-fold increased likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease. Alternatively, detection of altered CSF levels of at least one ADP of the invention indicates that an individual has Alzheimer's disease. The amount of ADP increase or decrease observed in an individual CSF sample compared to a control sample will correlate with the certainty of the prediction or diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. As individual CSF ADP levels will vary depending on family history and other risk factors, each will preferably be examined on a case-by-case basis. In preferred embodiments, ADP is detected in a human CSF sample by the methods of the invention. Especially preferred techniques are mass spectrometry and immunodetection. Preferably, a prediction or diagnosis of
Alzheimer's disease is based on at least a Ll-, 1.15-, 1.2-, 1.25-, and more preferably a 1.5-fold The invention further includes methods of using ADP-modulating compositions to prevent or treat disorders associated with aberrant expression or processing of ADPs 1-25 in an individual. A preferred embodiment of the invention is a method of preventing or treating Alzheimer's disease in an individual comprising the steps of: determining that an individual suffers from or is at risk of Alzheimer's disease and introducing an ADP-modulating composition to said individual.
Further aspects of the invention are also described in the specification and in the claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 shows the effect of ADP 23 of the invention on cortical neurons survival, as described in Exanple 5.
Figure 2 shows the effect of ADP 9 of the invention on cortical neurons survival, as described in Exanple 5.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention described in detail below provides methods, compositions, and kits useful for screening, diagnosis, and treatment of Alzheimer's disease in a mammalian individual; for identifying individuals most likely to respond to a particular therapeutic treatment; for monitoring the results of Alzheimer's disease therapy; for screening ADP modulators; and for drug development. The invention also encompasses the administration of therapeutic compositions to a mammalian individual to treat or prevent Alzheimer's disease. The mammalian individual may be a non-human mammal, but is preferably human, more preferably a human adult. For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the invention will be described with respect to the analysis of CSF samples. However, as one skilled in the art will appreciate, the assays and techniques described below can be applied to other biological fluid samples (e.g. serum, lymph, bile, plasma, saliva or urine) or tissue samples from an individual at risk of having or developing Alzheimer's disease. The methods and compositions of the present invention are useful for screening, diagnosis and prognosis of a living individual, but may also be used for postmortem diagnosis in an individual, for example, to identify family members"who are at risk of developing the same disorder.
Definitions
As used herein, the term "nucleic acids" and "nucleic acid molecule" is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single- stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. Throughout the present specification, the expression "nucleotide sequence" may be employed to designate indifferently a the nucleic material itself and is thus not restricted to the sequence information (i.e. the succession of letters chosen among the four base letters) that biochemically characterizes a specific DNA or RNA molecule. Also, used interchangeably herein are terms "nucleic acids", "oligonucleotides", and "polynucleotides".
An "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Preferably, an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated ADP nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. Using all or a portion of the nucleic acid as a hybridization probe, ADP nucleic acid molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989). As used herein, the term "hybridizes to" is intended to describe conditions for moderate stringency or high stringency hybridization, preferably where the hybridization and washing conditions permit nucleotide sequences at least 60% homologous to each other to remain hybridized to each other. Preferably, the conditions are such that sequences at least about 70%, more preferably at least about 80%, even more preferably at least about 85%, 90%, 95% or 98% homologous to each other typically remain hybridized to each other. Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6. In a preferred, non-lirniting example, stringent hybridization conditions for nucleic acid interactions are as follows: the hybridization step is realized at 650C in the presence of 6 x SSC buffer, 5 x Denhardt's solution, 0,5% SDS and lOOμg/ml of salmon sperm DNA. The hybridization step is followed by four washing steps:
- two washings during 5 min, preferably at 650C in a 2 x SSC and 0.1%SDS buffer;
- one washing during 30 min, preferably at 650C in a 2 x SSC and 0.1% SDS buffer,,
- one washing during 10 min, preferably at 650C in a 0.1 x SSC and 0.1%SDS buffer, these hybridization conditions being suitable for a nucleic acid molecule of about 20 nucleotides in length. It will be appreciated that the hybridization conditions described above are to be adapted according to the length of the desired nucleic acid, following techniques well known to the one skilled in the art, for example be adapted according to the teachings disclosed in Hames B. D. and Higgins Oxford; and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology.
"Percent homology" is used herein to refer to both nucleic acid sequences and amino acid sequences. Amino acid or nucleic acid "identity" is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "homology". To determine the percent homology of two amino acid sequences or of two nucleic acids, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in the sequence of a first amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment with a second amino or nucleic acid sequence and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). The length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are homologous at that position. The percent homology between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences (i.e., % homology=# of identical positions/total # of positions 100).
The comparison of sequences and determination of percent homology between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. A preferred, non-limiting example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Karlin and
Altschul (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:2264-68, modified as in Karlin and Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-77, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990) J. MoI. Biol. 215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to the sequences of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to the polypeptide sequences of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Research 25(17):3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbLnlm.nih.gov, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Another preferred, non-limiting example of a mathematical algorithm utilized for the comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Myers and Miller, CABIOS (1989), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) which is part of the GCG sequence alignment software package.
When utilizing the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue The term "polypeptide" refers to a polymer of amino acids without regard to the length of the polymer; thus, peptides, oligopeptides, and proteins are included within the definition of polypeptide. This term also does not specify or exclude post-translational modifications of polypeptides, for example, polypeptides which include the covalent attachment of glycosyl, acetyl, phosphate, amide, lipid, carboxyl, acyl, or carbohydrate groups are expressly encompassed by the term polypeptide. Also included within the definition are polypeptides which contain one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, non-naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which only occur naturally in an unrelated biological system, modified amino acids from mammalian systems etc.), polypeptides with substituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring.
The term "protein" as used herein may be used synonymously with the term "polypeptide" or may refer to, in addition, a complex of two or more polypeptides which may be linked by bonds other than peptide bonds, for example, such polypeptides making up the protein may be linked by disulfide bonds. The term "protein" may also comprehend a family of polypeptides having identical amino acid sequences but different post-translational modifications, particularly as may be added when such proteins are expressed in eukaryotic hosts.
An "isolated" or "purified" protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which it is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of a protein according to the invention in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of a protein according to the invention having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of protein other than the protein of the invention (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of protein other than the protein according to the invention, still more preferably less than about 10% o^prøtein other than the protein according to the invention, and most preferably less than about 5% of protein other than the protein according to the invention. When the protein according to the invention or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially-freeOfculture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
The language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of a protein of the invention in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the protein. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations of a protein of the invention having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non- chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-protein chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non-protein chemicals.
The term "recombinant polypeptide" is used herein to refer to polypeptides that have been artificially designed and which comprise at least two polypeptide sequences that are not found as contiguous polypeptide sequences in their initial natural environment, or to refer to polypeptides which have been expressed from a recombinant polynucleotide.
The term "Alzheimer's disease Polypeptide" or "ADP" refers to a polypeptide comprising the sequence described by any one of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2. Each peptide listed in Table 2 corresponds to one of ADPs 1-25, as described in Table 2. Thus, the polypeptide sequences of ADPs 1-25 comprise the amino acid sequences of the corresponding peptide(s) listed in Table 2. Preferably ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries in public databases as set forth in Table 1 Such polypeptide may be post-translationally modified as described herein. ADPs may also contain other structural or chemical modifications such as disulfide linkages or amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen and amide bonds that result in complex secondary or tertiary structures. ADPs also include mutant polypeptides, such as deletion, addition, swap, or truncation mutants, fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides, and polypeptide fragments of at least three, but preferably 8, 10, 12, 15, or 21 contiguous amino acids of the sequence of ADPs 1-25. Further included are ADP proteolytic precursors and intermediates of the sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-25. The invention embodies polypeptides encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of ADP genes or ADP mRNA species, preferably human ADP genes and mRNA species, including isolated ADPs consisting of, consisting essentially of, or comprising the sequence of ADPs 1-25. Preferred ADPs retain at least one biological activity of ADPs 1-25. The term "biological activity" as used herein refers to any single function carried out by an
ADP. These include but are not limited to: (1) indicating a reduced or increased likelihood that an individual has or will have Alzheimer's disease; (2) circulating through the CSF of individuals with a reduced or increased risk of developing Alzheimer's disease; (3) antigenicity, or the ability to bind an anti-ADP specific antibody; (4) immunogenicity, or the ability to generate an anti-ADP specific antibody; (5) forming intermolecular amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen, amide, or preferably disulfide links; (6) being posttranslationally modified, especially by specific proteolysis and amidation; (7) interaction with an ADP target molecule; (8) improving cognitive functions; (9) reducing neuronal loss; (10) increasing neuronal survival; and (11) protecting neurons against glutamate or hypoxia injury. As used herein, an "ADP modulator" is a molecule (e.g., polynucleotide, polypeptide, small molecule, or antibody) that is capable of modulating (i.e., increasing or decreasing) either the expression or the biological activity of the ADPs of the invention. An ADP modulator that enhances modulator that represses ADP expression or activity is described as an ADP inhibitor or antagonist. Preferably, ADP modulators increase/ decrease the expression or activity by at least 5, 10, or 20%. ADP inhibitors include anti-ADP antibodies, fragments thereof, antisense polynucleotides, and molecules characterized by screening assays, as described herein. ADP agonists include polynucleotide expression vectors and molecules characterized by screening assays as described herein.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to anti-ADP antibodies. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen-binding site which specifically binds (immunoreacts with) an antigen, such as an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof. Preferred antibodies bind to an ADP exclusively and do not recognize other polypeptides with high affinity. Examples of immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab')2 fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody with an enzyme such as pepsin. The invention provides polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that bind an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof. The term "monoclonal antibody" or "monoclonal antibody composition", as used herein, refers to a population of antibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen-binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of an ADP. A monoclonal antibody composition thus typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular ADP with which it immunoreacts. Preferred ADP antibodies are attached to a label group.
As used herein, a "label group" is any compound that, when attached to a polynucleotide or polypeptide (including antibodies), allows for detection or purification of said polynucleotide or polypeptide. Label groups may be detected or purified directly or indirectly by a secondary compound, including an antibody specific for said label group. Useful label groups include
32 35 3 125 radioisotopes (e.g., P, S, H, I), fluorescent compounds (e.g., 5-bromodesoxyuridin, umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride, phycoerythrin acetylaminofluorene, digoxigenin), luminescent compounds (e.g., luminol, GFP, luciferin, aequorin), enzymes or enzyme co-factor detectable labels (e.g., peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase), or compounds that are recognized by a secondary factor such as strepavidin, GST, or biotin. Preferably, a label group is attached to a polynucleotide or polypeptide in such a way as to not interfere with the biological activity of the polynucleotide or polypeptide.
Radioisotopes may be detected by direct counting of radioemission, film exposure, or by scintillation counting, for example. Enzymatic labels may be detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product, usually causing a fluorescent reaction. fluorescent microscopy, fluorescent activated cell sorting, or a luminometer.
As used herein with respect to antibodies, an antibody is said to "selectively bind" or "specifically bind" to a target if the antibody recognizes and binds the target of interest but does not substantially recognize and bind other molecules in a sample, e.g., a biological sample, which includes the target of interest.
As used herein, the term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a "plasmid", which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments can be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments can be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. ' Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, "plasmid" and "vector" can be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
As used herein, "effective amount" describes the amount of an agent, preferably an ADP or ADP modulator of the invention, sufficient to have a desired effect. For example, an anti- Alzheimer's disease effective amount is the amount of an agent required to reduce a symptom of Alzheimer's disease in an individual by at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, or preferably 25%. The term may also describe the amount of an agent required to ameliorate a Alzheimer's disease-caused symptom in an individual. Symptoms of Alzheimer's disease are diverse and many, but can be for example of the following types: decline of mental abilities, including memory, language and comprehension. The effective amount for a particular patient may vary depending on such factors as the diagnostic method of the symptom being measured, the state of the condition being treated, the overall health of the patient, method of administration, and the severity of side-effects.
ADPs of the invention
The Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides (ADPs) of the invention are described ADPs 1-25, and comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2. ADPs 1-25 are secreted and circulate in CSF, but appear at an increased or a decreased level, as detailed in Table 1, in the CSF of individuals that have or are at risk of wherein an altered level of an ADP indicates an increased risk of developing, or the presence of, Alzheimer's disease. Further, ADPs are useful for drug design and in therapeutic strategies for prevention and treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Preferred ADPs comprise a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-3, 10-12, 21-22 and 25.
Further included ADPs are polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2. Preferably, ADPs 1-25 comprise additional contiguous amino acids from the sequences of the corresponding polypeptide entries set forth in Table 1. Such additional amino acids are fused in frame with the selected ADP sequence to form contiguous amino acid sequence.
The terms "Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides" and "ADPs" are used herein to embrace any and all of the peptides, polypeptides and proteins of the present invention. Also forming part of the invention are polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides of the invention, as well as fusion polypeptides comprising such polypeptides. The invention embodies ADPs from humans, including isolated or purified ADPs consisting of, or comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences set forth in Table 2. Further included are unmodified precursors, proteolytic precursors and intermediates of the sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences set forth in Table 2.
The present invention embodies isolated, purified, and recombinant polypeptides comprising a contiguous span of at least 3 amino acids, preferably at least 8 to 10 amino acids, with an ADP biological activity. In preferred embodiments the contiguous stretch of amino acids comprises the site of a mutation or functional mutation, including a deletion, addition, swap or truncation of the amino acids in the ADP sequence. The invention also concerns the polypeptide encoded by the ADP nucleotide sequences of the invention, or a complementary sequence thereof or a fragment thereof. One aspect of the invention pertains to isolated ADPs, and biologically active portions thereof, as well as polypeptide fragments suitable for use as immunogens to raise anti-ADP antibodies. In one embodiment, native ADP peptides can be isolated from CSF, cells or tissue sources by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. In another embodiment, ADPs are produced by recombinant DNA techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, an ADP can be synthesized chemically using peptide synthesis techniques, as described in the section titled "Chemical Manufacture of ADP compositions" and in Example 2.
Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of an ADP. A biologically active ADP may, for example, comprise at least 1, 2, 3, or 5 amino acid changes from the sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2, or comprise at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 8%, 10% or 15% change in amino acids from said sequence. The polypeptides of the invention, ADPs 1-25, are described in Tables 1 and 2. For each ADP, Table 1 provides:
• an accession number in a public database, corresponding to the related polypeptide sequence;
• the Protein Type;
• the amino acid positions defining the observed polypeptide with respect to the polypeptide in the public database; and
• the direction of variation of the protein: OD indicates that the protein is more abundant in the control samples than in the disease samples, D>C indicates that the protein is more abundant in the disease samples than in the control samples, C indicates that the protein was only detected in the control samples, and D indicates that the protein was only detected in the disease samples.
For Protein Type, "Parent" denotes a polypeptide sequence whose length is described by the positions listed in the column Amino Acids, but with no other known distinctions from the sequence in the public database. "Fragment" denotes a particular, newly defined, fragment, spanning the positions described in the Amino Acids column. And '^Variant" denotes a polypeptide that deviates from the amino acid sequence in the public database. The nature of the variation is described in parenthesis. - The accession numbers listed in Table 1 are references for the the SwissPROT/TrEMBL databases, both of which are publicly available, for example at: http://www.expasy.ch.
Table 1
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
The polypeptides of the invention, ADPs, are defined by the tryptic peptides listed in Table 2. These peptides were isolated at an altered level from the CSF of Alzheimer's disease patients and characterized according to the MicroProt® method, as described in Example 1. The ADPs of the invention are all less than or around 2OkD in molecular weight, as the CSF sample is first separated based on molecular weight. As described in Example 1, the CSF sample is subjected to a number of chromatography separations. Details about these chromatography methods are given in Example 1.
The first separation is on a cation exchange chromatography column, which is eluted with increasing salt concentration. Six fractions are collected. The CEX column in Table 2 lists which fraction contained each tryptic peptide. Separation by cation exchange provides an indication of the overall positive charge of a polypeptide species. Cation exchange is followed by a reverse phase HPLC separation. The RP column in Table 2 lists in which of the 15 fractions each tryptic peptide eluted. Separation by reverse phase provides an indication of the overall hydrophobicity of a polypeptide species. In the last column of Table 2, the tryptic sequences corresponding to the ADP of interest, in the sample of interest (Control or Disease), and in the CEX and RP fractions of interest, are listed, and for each of these sequences, the SEQ ID No is indicated within square brackets, and the Olav scores are indicated within parenthesis; these scores reflect, among other things, the strength of the experimental MS-MS signal over noise as detected by the MS-MS data identification software, and thus indicate the protein concentration in the sample. Where applicable, the ratio of protein levels in Alzheimer's disease versus control CSF samples is calculated by two methods. The first method calculates the AD / Control ratio by the number of fractions from each sample containing the ADP. For example, for ADP 1, this calculation is 4 / 34 (see Table 2), indicating an 8.5-fold decrease in ADP 1 in Alzheimer's disease CSF. Alternatively, and more accurately, the Olav scores obtained for each peptide in the mass spectrometry data analysis software are used to give a weighted ratio. For ADP 1, the calculation is 1784 / 218, resulting in 8.2. Thus, ADP 1 is present at a 8.2-fold lower level in AD CSF compared to control CSF. ADPs 7, 8, 9, 24 and 25 were detected only in control CSF samples. The MicroProt® process is able to detect very low abundance proteins with a CSF concentration in the range of a few hundreds of pM. Thus, these polypeptides are present at vanishingly low levels, if at all, in the CSF from individuals with Alzheimer's disease. Conversely, ADP 23 was detected only in Alzheimer's disease samples. The MicroProt® process is able to detect very low abundance proteins with a CSF concentration in the range of a few hundreds of pM. Thus, this polypeptide is present at vanishingly low levels, if at all, in the CSF from control individuals.
ADP 25 is a variant of the SwissProt entry P02679, as described in Table 1. Interestingly, the wild type protein was also detected in the study described herein, but it was measured at nearly equivalent abundance levels in the Control and in the AD populations. ADP 15 is the Complement C4 gamma chain from the SwissProt entry PO 1028, as described in Table 1. Interestingly, two other processed chains from the same entry (the Complement C4 alpha chain, from amino acids 680 to 1446 of the SwissProt entry, and the C4a anaphylatoxin chain, from amino acids 680 to 756 of the SwissProt entry) were also detected in the study described herein, but they were measured at nearly equivalent abundance levels in the Control and in the AD populations.
Table 2
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
ADP nucleic acids
One aspect of the invention pertains to purified or isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode ADPs or biologically active portions thereof as further described herein, as well as nucleic acid fragments thereof. Said nucleic acids may be used for example in therapeutic (DNA vaccine) and diagnostic methods and in drug screening assays as further described herein.
An object of the invention is a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid coding for an ADP, complementary sequences thereto, and fragments thereof. The invention also pertains to a purified or isolated nucleic acid comprising a polynucleotide having at least 95% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, advantageously 99 % nucleotide identity, preferably 99.5% nucleotide identity and most preferably 99.8% nucleotide identity with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, or a sequence complementary thereto or a biologically active fragment thereof. Another object of the invention relates to purified, isolated or recombinant nucleic acids comprising a polynucleotide that hybridizes, under the stringent hybridization conditions defined herein, with a polynucleotide coding for an ADP, or a sequence complementary thereto or a variant thereof or a biologically active fragment thereof.
In another preferred aspect, the invention pertains to purified or isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a portion or variant of an ADP, wherein the portion or variant displays an ADP biological activity. Preferably said portion or variant is a portion or variant of a naturally occurring ADP or precursor thereof.
Another object of the invention is a purified, isolated, or recombinant nucleic acid encoding an ADP comprising, consisting essentially of, or consisting of the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the peptide sequences listed in Table 2, wherein the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes one or more motifs such-as a target binding site, or a disulfide bonding site. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the ADP-encoding gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other ADPs (e g. sharing the novel functional domains), as well as ADP homologues from other species.
A nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically active portion of an ADP" can be prepared having an ADP biological activity, expressing the encoded portion of the ADP (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro or in vivo) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the ADP.
The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the ADP nucleotide sequences of the invention due to degeneracy of the genetic code and encode the same ADPs of the invention.
In addition to the ADP nucleotide sequences described above, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of the ADPs may exist within a population (e.g., the human population). Such genetic polymorphism may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation. Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of an ADP -encoding gene or nucleic acid sequence.
Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural allelic variants and homologues of the ADP nucleic acids of the invention can be isolated based on their homology to the ADP nucleic acids disclosed herein using the cDNAs disclosed herein, or a portion thereof, as a hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions.
It will be appreciated that the invention comprises polypeptides having an amino acid sequence encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the invention.
Uses of ADP nucleic acids
Polynucleotide sequences (or the complements thereof) encoding ADPs have various applications, including uses as hybridization probes, in chromosome and gene mapping, and in the generation of antisense RNA and DNA. In addition, ADP-encoding nucleic acids are useful as targets for pharmaceutical intervention, e.g. for the development of DNA vaccines, and for the preparation of ADPs by recombinant techniques, as described herein. The polynucleotides described herein, including sequence variants thereof, can be used in diagnostic assays. Accordingly, diagnostic methods based on detecting the presence of such polynucleotides in body fluids or tissue samples are a feature of the present invention. Examples of nucleic acid based diagnostic assays in accordance with the present invention include, but are not limited to, hybridization assays, e.g., in situ hybridization, and PCR-based assays. Polynucleotides, including extended length polynucleotides, sequence variants and fragments thereof, as described herein, may be used to generate hybridization-probes or PCR primers for use in such assays. Such probes and primers will be capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences that are similar, or complementary to, the ADP polynucleotides described herein. The invention includes primer pairs for carrying out a PCR to amplify a segment of a polynucleotide of the invention. Each primer of a pair is an oligonucleotide having a length of between 15 and 30 nucleotides such that i) one primer of the pair forms a perfectly matched duplex match duplex with the complementary strand of the same polynucleotide, and ϋ) the primers of a pair form such perfectly matched duplexes at sites on the polynucleotide that separated by a distance of between 10 and 2500 nucleotides. Preferably, the annealing temperature of each primer of a pair to its respective complementary sequence is substantially the same.
Hybridization probes derived from polynucleotides of the invention can be used, for example, in performing in situ hybridization on tissue samples, such as fixed or frozen tissue sections prepared on microscopic slides or suspended cells. Briefly, a labeled DNA or RNA probe is allowed to bind its DNA or RNA target sample in the tissue section on a prepared microscopic, under controlled conditions. Generally, dsDNA probes consisting of the DNA of interest cloned into a plasmid or bacteriophage DNA vector are used for this purpose, although ssDNA or ssRNA probes may also be used. Probes are generally oligonucleotides between about 15 and 40 nucleotides in length. Alternatively, the probes can be polynucleotide probes generated by PCR random priming primer extension or in vitro transcription of RNA from plasmids (riboprobes). These latter probes are typically several hundred base pairs in length. The probes can be labeled by any of a number of label groups and the particular detection method will correspond to the type of label utilized on the probe (e.g., autoradiography, X-ray detection, fluorescent or visual microscopic analysis, as appropriate). The reaction can be further amplified in situ using immunocytochemical techniques directed against the label of the detector molecule used, such as an antibody directed to a fluorescein moiety present on a fiuorescently labeled probe. Specific labeling and in situ detection methods can be found, for example, in Howard, G. C, Ed., Methods in Nonradioactive Detection, Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn., (1993), herein incorporated by reference.
Hybridization probes and PCR primers may also be selected from the genomic sequences corresponding to the full-length proteins identified in accordance with the present invention, including promoter, enhancer elements and introns of the gene encoding the naturally occurring polypeptide. Nucleotide sequences encoding an ADP can also be used to construct hybridization probes for mapping the gene encoding that ADP and for the genetic analysis of individuals. Individuals carrying variations of, or mutations in the gene encoding an ADP of the present invention may be detected at the DNA level by a variety of techniques. Nucleic acids used for diagnosis may be obtained from a patient's cells, including, for example, tissue biopsy and autopsy material.
Genomic DNA may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR (Saiki, et al. Nature 324: 163-166 (1986)) prior to analysis. RNA or cDNA may also be used for the same purpose. As an example, PCR primers complementary to the nucleic acid of the present invention can be used to identify and analyze mutations in the gene of the present invention. Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to the normal genotype. Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled RNA of the invention or alternatively, radiolabeled antisense DNA sequences of the assays, such as KNase and Sl protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g. Cotton, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85 4397-4401 (1985)), or by differences in melting temperatures. "Molecular beacons" (Kostrikis L. G. et al., Science 279:1228-1229 (1998)), hairpin-shaped, single-stranded synthetic oligonucleotides containing probe sequences which are complementary to the nucleic acid of the present invention, may also be used to detect point mutations or other sequence changes as well as monitor expression levels of ADPs.
Oligonucleotide and Antisense Compounds Oligonucleotides of the invention, including PCR primers and antisense compounds, are synthesized by conventional means on a commercially available automated DNA synthesizer, e.g. an Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA) model 380B, 392 or 394 DNA/RNA synthesizer, or like instrument. Preferably, phosphoramidite chemistry is employed, e.g. as disclosed in the following references: Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron, 48: 2223-2311 (1992); Molko et al, U.S. patent 4,980,460; Koster et al, U.S. patent 4,725,677; Caruthers et al, U.S. patents 4,415,732; 4,458,066; and 4,973,679; and the like. For therapeutic use, nuclease resistant backbones are preferred. Many types of modified oligonucleotides are available that confer nuclease resistance, e.g. phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoramidate, or the like, described in many references, e.g. phosphorothioates: Stec et al, U.S. patent 5,151,510; Hirschbein, U.S. patent 5,166,387; Bergot, U.S. patent 5,183,885; phosphoramidates: Froehler et al, International application
PCT/US 90/03138; and for a review of additional applicable chemistries: Uhlmann and Peyman (cited above). The length of the antisense oligonucleotides has to be sufficiently large to ensure that specific binding will take place only at the desired target polynucleotide and not at other fortuitous sites. The upper range of the length is determined by several factors, including the inconvenience and expense of synthesizing and purifying oligomers greater than about 30-40 nucleotides in length, the greater tolerance of longer oligonucleotides for mismatches than shorter oligonucleotides, and the like. Preferably, the antisense oligonucleotides of the invention have lengths in the range of about 15 to 40 nucleotides. More preferably, the oligonucleotide moieties have lengths in the range of about 18 to 25 nucleotides.
Primers and probes
Primers and probes of the invention can be prepared by any suitable method, including, for example, cloning and restriction of appropriate sequences and direct chemical synthesis by a method such-as-the phosphodiester .method of Narang SA et al (Methods Enzymol 1979;68:90-98), the phosphodiester method of Brown EL et al (Methods Enzymol 1979;68:109-151), the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al (Tetrahedron Lett 1981, 22: 1859-1862) and the reference in their entireties.
Detection probes are generally nucleic acid sequences or uncharged nucleic acid analogs such as, for example peptide nucleic acids which are disclosed in International Patent Application WO 92/20702, morpholino analogs which are described in U.S. Patents Numbered 5,185,444; 5,034,506 and 5,142,047. If desired, the probe may be rendered "non-extendable" in that additional dNTPs cannot be added to the probe. In and of themselves analogs usually are non-extendable and nucleic acid probes can be rendered non-extendable by modifying the 3' end of the probe such that the hydroxyl group is no longer capable of participating in elongation. For example, the 3' end of the probe can be functionalized with the capture or detection label to thereby consume or otherwise block the hydroxyl group.
Any of the polynucleotides of the present invention can be labeled, if desired, by incorporating any label group known in the art to be detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means. Additional examples include non-radioactive labeling of nucleic acid fragments as described in Urdea et al. (Nucleic Acids Research. 11 :4937-4957, 1988) or Sanchez-Pescador et al. (J. Clin. Microbiol. 26(10): 1934-1938, 1988). In addition, the probes according to the present invention may have structural characteristics such that they allow the signal amplification, such structural characteristics being, for example, branched DNA probes as those described by Urdea et al (Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 24:197-200, 1991) or in the European patent No. EP 0225807 (Chiron).
A label can also be used to capture the primer, so as to facilitate the immobilization of either the primer or a primer extension product, such as amplified DNA, on a solid support. A capture label is attached to the primers or probes and can be a specific binding member which forms a binding pair with the solid's phase reagent's specific binding member (e.g. biotin and streptavidin). Therefore depending upon the type of label carried by a polynucleotide or a probe, it may be employed to capture or to detect the target DNA. Further, it will be understood that the polynucleotides, primers or probes provided herein, may, themselves, serve as the capture label. For example, in the case where a solid phase reagent's binding member is a nucleic acid sequence, it may be selected such that it binds a complementary portion of a primer or probe to thereby immobilize the primer or probe to the solid phase. In cases where a polynucleotide probe itself serves as the binding member, those skilled in the art will recognize that the probe will contain a sequence or "tail" that is not complementary to the target. In the case where a polynucleotide primer itself serves as the capture label, at least a portion of the primer will be free to hybridize with a nucleic acid on a solid phase. DNA labeling techniques are well known to the skilled technician. The probes of the present invention are useful for a number of purposes. They can be notably used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA. The probes can also be used to detect PCR amplification products. They may also be used to detect mismatches in ADP -encoding genes or Any of the nucleic acids, polynucleotides, primers and probes of the present invention can be conveniently immobilized on a solid support. Solid supports are known to those skilled in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic beads, nitrocellulose strips, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, sheep (or other animal) red blood cells, duracytes and others. The solid support is not critical and can be selected by one skilled in the art. Thus, latex particles, microparticles, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, membranes, plastic tubes, walls of microtiter wells, glass or silicon chips, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells and duracytes are all suitable examples. Suitable methods for immobilizing nucleic acids on solid phases include ionic, hydrophobic, covalent interactions and the like. A solid support, as used herein, refers to any material which is insoluble, or can be made insoluble by a subsequent reaction. The solid support can be chosen for its intrinsic ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent. Alternatively, the solid phase can retain an additional receptor which has the ability to attract and immobilize the capture reagent. The additional receptor can include a charged substance that is oppositely charged with respect to the capture reagent itself or to a charged substance conjugated to the capture reagent. As yet another alternative, the receptor molecule can be any specific binding member attached to the solid support and which has the ability to immobilize the capture reagent through a specific binding reaction. The receptor molecule enables the indirect binding of the capture reagent to a solid support material before the performance of the assay or during the performance of the assay. The solid phase thus can be a plastic, derivatized plastic, magnetic or non-magnetic metal, glass or silicon surface of a test tube, microtiter well, sheet, bead, microparticle, chip, sheep (or other suitable animal's) red blood cells, duracytes and other configurations known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The nucleic acids, polynucleotides, primers and probes of the invention can be attached to or immobilized on a solid support individually or in groups of at least 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, or 25 distinct polynucleotides of the invention to a single solid support. In addition, polynucleotides other than those of the invention may be attached to the same solid support as one or more polynucleotides of the invention.
Any polynucleotide provided herein may be attached in overlapping areas or at random locations on a solid support. Alternatively the polynucleotides of the invention may be attached in an ordered array wherein each polynucleotide is attached to a distinct region of the solid support which does not overlap with the attachment site of any other polynucleotide. Preferably, such an ordered array of polynucleotides is designed to be "addressable" where the distinct locations are recorded and can be accessed as part of an assay procedure. Addressable polynucleotide arrays typically comprise a plurality of different oligonucleotide probes that are coupled to a surface of a substrate in different known locations. The knowledge of the precise location of each polynucleotides location makes these "addressable" arrays particularly useful in hybridization assays. Any addressable array technology known in the art can be employed with the polynucleotides of the invention. One generally described in US Patent 5,143,854; PCT publications WO 90/15070 and 92/10092, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Methods for obtaining variant nucleic acids and polypeptides
In addition to naturally-occurring allelic variants of the ADP sequences that may exist in the population, the skilled artisan will appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequences coding for ADPs, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded ADPs, with or without altering the functional ability of the ADPs. Several types of variants are contemplated including 1) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code, or 2) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group, or 3) one in which the mutated ADP is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), or 4) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the ADP, such as a leader, a signal or anchor sequence, a sequence which is employed for purification of the ADP, or sequence from a precursor protein. Such variants are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art.
For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions can be made in the sequences that do not substantially change the biological activity of the protein. An amino acid residue-can be altered from the wild-type sequence encoding an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof without altering the biological activity. In general, amino acid residues that are shared among the ADPs of the present invention are predicted to be less amenable to alteration. In another aspect, the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding ADPs that contain changes in amino acid residues that result in increased biological activity, or a modified biological activity. In another aspect, the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules encoding ADPs that contain changes in amino acid residues that are essential for an ADP biological activity. Such ADPs differ in amino acid sequence from ADPs 1-25 and display reduced activity, or essentially lack one or more ADP biological activities.
Mutations, substitutions, additions, or deletions can be introduced into any of ADPs 1-25, by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis .and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. For example, conservative amino acid substitutions may be made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof may be replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of an ADP coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for ADP biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of the nucleotide encoding one of ADPs 1 -25 , the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined in any suitable assay, for example, as provided herein.
The invention also provides ADP chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, an ADP "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises an ADP of the invention or fragment thereof, operatively linked or fused in frame to a non-ADP polypeptide sequence. In a preferred embodiment, an ADP fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of an ADP. In another preferred embodiment, an ADP fusion protein comprises at least two biologically active portions of an ADP. For example, in one embodiment, the fusion protein is a GST-ADP fusion protein in which ADP domain sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant ADPs. In another embodiment, the fusion protein is an ADP containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus, for example, to allow for a desired cellular localization in a certain host cell. In yet another embodiment, the fusion is an ADP biologically active fragment and an immunoglobulin molecule. Such fusion proteins are useful, for example, to increase the valency of ADP binding sites. For example, a bivalent ADP binding site may be formed by fusing biologically active ADP fragments to an IgG Fc protein. ADP fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-ADP antibodies in a subject, to purify ADP or ADP ligands and in screening assays to identify ADP modulators.
Furthermore, isolated fragments of ADPs can also be obtained by screening peptides recombinantly produced from the corresponding fragment of the nucleic acid encoding such peptides. In addition, fragments can be chemically synthesized using techniques known in the art such as conventional Merrifield solid phase f-Moc or t-Boc chemistry. For example, an ADP of the present invention may be arbitrarily divided into fragments of desired length with no overlap of the fragments, or preferably divided into overlapping fragments of a desired length. The fragments can be produced (recombinantly or by chemical synthesis) and tested to identify those peptidyl fragments with an ADP biological activity, for example, by microinjection assays or in vitro protein binding assays. In an illustrative embodiment, peptidyl portions of an ADP, such as an ADP target binding region, can be tested for ADP activity by expression as thioredoxin fusion proteins, each of which and PCT publication WO94/02502, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference).
In addition, libraries of fragments of an ADP coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of ADP fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of an ADP. In one embodiment, a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of ADP coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per molecule, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA which can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S 1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector. By this method, an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal, C-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the ADP.
Modified ADPs can be used for such purposes as enhancing therapeutic or prophylactic efficacy, or stability (e.g., ex vivo shelf life and resistance to proteolytic degradation in vivo). Such modified peptides, when designed to retain at least one activity of the naturally occurring form of the protein, are considered functional equivalents of the ADP described in more detail herein. Such modified peptide can be produced, for instance, by amino acid substitution, deletion, or addition.
Whether a change in the amino acid sequence of a peptide results in a functional ADP homolog can be readily determined by assessing at least one ADP biological activity of the variant peptide. Peptides in which more than one replacement has taken place can readily be tested in the same manner.
This invention further contemplates a method of generating sets of combinatorial mutants of the presently disclosed ADPs, as well as truncation and fragmentation mutants, and is especially useful for identifying potential variant sequences which are functional in binding to an ADP target protein but differ from a wild-type form of the protein by, for example, efficacy, potency and/or intracellular half-life. One purpose for screening such combinatorial libraries is, for example, to isolate novel ADP homologs with altered biological activity, when compared with the wild-type protein, or alternatively, possessing novel activities all together. For example, mutagenesis can give rise to ADP homologs which have intracellular half-lives dramatically different than the corresponding wild-type protein. The altered protein can be rendered.either more stable or less stable to proteolytic degradation, or cellular processes which result in destruction of, or otherwise inactivation of, an ADP. Such ADP homologs, and the genes which encode them, can be utilized to alter the envelope of expression for a particular recombinant ADP by modulating the half-life of the recombinant protein. For instance, a short half-life can give rise to more transient biological effects associated with a particular recombinant ADP and, when part of an inducible expression system, can allow tighter control of recombinant protein levels within a cell and in circulating CSF. As above, such proteins, and particularly their recombinant nucleic acid constructs, can be used in gene therapy In an illustrative embodiment of this method, the amino acid sequences for a population of ADP homologs or other related proteins are aligned, preferably to promote the highest homology possible. Such a population of variants can include, for example, ADP homologs from one or more species, or ADP homologs from the same species but which differ due to mutation. Amino acids which appear at each position of the aligned sequences are selected to create a degenerate set of combinatorial sequences. There are many ways by which the library of potential ADP homologs can be generated from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be carried out in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic genes then be ligated into an appropriate gene for expression. The purpose of a degenerate set of genes is to provide, in one mixture, all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential ADP sequences. The synthesis of degenerate oligonucleotides is well known in the art (see for example. Narang, SA (1983) Tetrahedron 393; Itakura et al. (1981) Recombinant DNA, Proc 3rd Cleveland Sympos. Macromolecules, ed. AG Walton, Amsterdam: Elsevier pp. 273-289; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucleic Acid Res. 11:477). Such techniques have been employed in the directed evolution of other proteins (see, for example, Scott et al. (1990) Science 249:386-390; Roberts et al. (1992) PNAS 89:2429-2433; Devlin et al. (1990) Science 249: 404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990) PNAS 87: 6378-6382; as well as U.S. Patents Nos: 5, 223,409, 5,198,346, and 5,096,815). The disclosures of the above references are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Alternatively, other forms of mutagenesis can be utilized to generate a combinatorial library, particularly where no other naturally occurring homologs have yet been sequenced. For example, ADP homologs can be generated and isolated from a library by screening using, for example, alanine scanning mutagenesis and the like (Ruf et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:1565-1572; Wang et al. (1994) J Biol. Chem. 269:3095-3099; Baliπt et al. (1993) Gene 137: 109-118; Grodberg et al. (1993) Eur. J Biochem. 218:597-601; Nagashima et al. (1993) J Biol. Chem. 268:2888-2892; Lowman et al. (1991) Biochemistry 30 10832-10838; and Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244: 1081-1085), by linker scanning mutagenesis (Gustin et al. (1993) Virology 193:653-660; Brown et al. (1992) MoI. Cell Biol. 12:2644 2652; McKnight et al. (1982) Science 232:316); by saturation mutagenesis (Meyers et al. (1986) Science 232:613);.by PCR mutagenesis (Leung et al. (1989) Method Cell MoI Biol 1: 1-19); or by random mutagenesis (Miller et al. (1992) A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics, CSHL Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY; and Greener et al. (1994) Strategies in MoI Biol 7:32-34, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).
A further method exploits automatic protein design to generate protein libraries for screening and optimization of the sequence of a protein of the invention. See, for example, U.S. Patent 6403312, disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, a primary library is generated using computational processing based on the sequence and structural characteristics of the protein sequences that result in the lowest energy conformation of any possible sequence. However, a plurality of sequences that are not the global minimum may have low energies and be useful. Thus, a primary library comprising a rank ordered list of sequences, generally in terms of theoretical quantitative stability, is generated. These sequences may be used to synthesize or express peptides displaying an extended half-life or stabilized interactions with ADP binding compounds and proteins.
A wide range of techniques are known in the art for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations, as well as for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a certain property. Such techniques will be generally adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by the combinatorial mutagenesis of ADPs. The most widely used techniques for screening large gene libraries typically comprises cloning the gene library into replicable expression vectors, transforming appropriate cells with the resulting library of vectors, and expressing the combinatorial genes under conditions in which detection of a desired activity facilitates relatively easy isolation of the vector encoding the gene whose product was detected. Each of the illustrative assays described below are amenable to high throughput analysis as necessary to screen large numbers of degenerate ADP sequences created by combinatorial mutagenesis techniques. In one screening assay, the candidate gene products are displayed on the surface of a cell or viral particle, and the ability of particular cells or viral particles to bind an ADP target molecule (for example a modified peptide substrate) via this gene product is detected in a "panning assay". For instance, the gene library can be cloned into the gene for a surface membrane protein of a bacterial cell, and the resulting fusion protein detected by panning (Ladner et al., WO 88/06630; Fuchs et al. (1991) BioTechnology 9:1370-1371, and Goward et al. (1992) TIBS 18:136 140). In a similar fashion, fluorescently labeled ADP target can be used to score for potentially functional ADP homologs. Cells can be visually inspected and separated under a fluorescence microscope, or, where the morphology of the cell permits, separated by a fluorescence- activated cell sorter.
In an alternate embodiment, the gene library is expressed as a fusion protein on the surface of a viral particle. For instance, in the filamentous phage system, foreign peptide sequences can be expressed on the surface of infectious phage, thereby conferring two significant benefits. First, since these phages can be applied to affinity matrices at very high concentrations, a large number of phage can be screened at one time. Second, since each infectious phage displays the combinatorial gene product on its surface, if a particular phage is recovered from an affinity matrix in low yield, the phage can be amplified by another round of infection. The group of almost identical E. coli filamentous phages M 13, fd, and fl are most often used in phage display libraries, as either of the phage gill or gVTII coat proteins can be used to generate fusion proteins without disrupting the ultimate packaging of the viral particle (Ladner et al. PCT publication WO 90/02909; Garrard et al.,
PCT publication WO 92/09690; Marks et al. (1992) J Biol. Chem. 267:16007-16010; Griffiths et al. PNAS 89:4457 4461, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties). In an illustrative embodiment, the recombinant phage antibody system (RPAS, Pharmacia Catalog number 27-9400-01) can be easily modified for use in expressing ADP combinatorial libraries, and the ADP phage library can be panned on immobilized ADP target molecule
(glutathione immobilized ADP target-GST fusion proteins or immobilized DNA). Successive rounds of phage amplification and panning can greatly enrich for ADP homologs which retain an ability to bind an ADP target and which can subsequently be screened further for biological activities in automated assays, in order to distinguish between agonists and antagonists. The invention also provides for identification and reduction to functional minimal size of the
ADP functional domains, to generate mimetics, e.g. peptide or non-peptide agents, which are able to disrupt binding of a polypeptide of the present invention with an ADP target molecule. Thus, such mutagenic techniques as described above are also useful to map the determinants of ADPs participating in protein-protein interactions involved in, for example, binding to an ADP target protein. To illustrate, the critical residues of an ADP involved in molecular recognition of the ADP target can be determined and used to generate ADP target- 13P-derived peptidomimetics that competitively inhibit binding of the ADP to the ADP target. For instance, non hydrolysable peptide analogs of such residues can be generated using retro-inverse peptides (e.g., see U.S. Patents 5,116,947 and 5,219,089; and Pallai et al. (1983) Int J Pept Protein Res 21:84-92), benzodiazepine (e.g., see Freidinger et al. in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology, G.R. Marshall ed., ESCOM
Publisher: Leiden, Netherlands, 1988), azepine (e.g., see Huffman et al. in Peptides. Chemistry and Biology, G.R. Marshall ed , ESCOM Publisher: Leiden, Netherlands, 1988), substituted gamma lactam rings (Garvey et al. in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology, G.R. Marshall ed., ESCOM Publisher: Leiden, Netherlands, 1988), keto-methylene pseudopeptides (Ewenson et al. (1986) J Med Chem 29:295; and Ewenson et al. in Peptides: Structure and Function (Proceedings of the 9th American Peptide Symposium) Pierce Chemical Co. Rockland, IL, 1985), P-turn dipeptide cores (Nagai et al. (1985) Tetrahedron Left 26:647; and Sato et al. (1986) J Chem Soc Perkin Trans 1: 123 1), and P-aminoalcohols (Gordon et al. (1985) Biochem Biophys Res Commun 126.419; and Dann et al. (1986) Biochem Biophys Res Commun 134:71, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).
Chemical Manufacture of ADP Compositions
Peptides of the invention are synthesized by standard techniques (e.g. Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd Ed., Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL, 1984). Preferably, a commercial peptide synthesizer is used, e.g. Applied Biosystems, Inc. (Foster City, CA) model 430A, and polypeptides of the invention may be assembled from multiple, separately synthesized and purified, peptide in a convergent synthesis approach, e.g. Kent et al, U.S. patent invention may be assembled by solid phase synthesis on a cross-linked polystyrene support starting from the carboxyl terminal residue and adding amino acids in a stepwise fashion until the entire peptide has been formed. The following references are guides to the chemistry employed during synthesis: Schnolzer et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193 (1992); Merrifield, J. Amer. Chem. Soc, Vol. 85, pg. 2149 (1963); Kent et al., pg 185, in Peptides 1984, Ragnarsson, Ed. (Almquist and Weksell, Stockholm, 1984); Kent et al., pg. 217 in Peptide Chemistry 84, Izumiya, Ed. (Protein Research Foundation, B.H. Osaka, 1985); Merrifield, Science, Vol. 232, pgs. 341-347 (1986); Kent, Ann. Rev. Biochem, Vol. 57, pgs. 957-989 (1988), and references cited in these latter two references.
Preferably, chemical synthesis of polypeptides of the invention is carried out by the assembly of peptide fragments by native chemical ligation, as described by Dawson et al, Science, 266: 776- 779 (1994) and Kent el al, U.S. patent 6,184,344. Briefly, in the approach a first peptide fragment is provided with an N-terminal cysteine having an unoxidized sulfhydryl side chain, and a second peptide fragment is provided with a C-terminal thioester. The unoxidized sulfhydryl side chain of the N-terminal cysteine is then condensed with the C-terminal thioester to produce an intermediate peptide fragment which links the first and second peptide fragments with a β-aminothioester bond. The β-aminothioester bond of the intermediate peptide fragment then undergoes an intramolecular rearrangement to produce the peptide fragment product which links the first and second peptide fragments with an amide bond. Preferably, the N-terminal cysteine of the internal fragments is protected from undesired cyclization and/or concatenation reactions by a cyclic thiazolidine protecting group as described below. Preferably, such cyclic thiazolidine protecting group is a thioprolinyl group.
Peptide fragments having a C-terminal thioester may be produced as described in the following references, which are incorporated by reference: Kent et al, U.S. patent 6,184,344; Tarn et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 92: 12485-12489 (1995); Blake, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res, 17: 273 (1981); Canne et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 36: 1217-1220 (1995); Hackeng et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 94: 7845-7850 (1997); or Hackeng et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 96: 10068-10073 (1999). Preferably, the method described by Hackeng et al (1999) is employed. Briefly, peptide fragments are synthesized on a solid phase support (described below) typically on a 0.25 mmol scale by using the in situ neutralization/HBTU activation procedure for Boc chemistry disclosed by Schnolzer et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193 (1992), which reference is incorporated herein by reference. (HBTU is 2-(lH-benzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafiuorophosphate and Boc is tert-butoxycarbonyl). Each synthetic cycle consists of Nα-Boc removal by a 1- to 2- minute treatment with neat TFA, a 1 -minute DMF flow wash, a 10- to 20-minute coupling time with 1.0 mmol of preactivated Boc-amino acid in the presence of DIEA, and a second DMF flow wash. diisopropylethylamine). Nα-Boc-amino acids (1.1 mmol) are preactivated for 3 minutes with 1.0 mmol of HBTU (0.5 M in DMF) in the presence of excess DIEA (3 mmol). After each coupling step, yields are determined by measuring residual free amine with a conventional quantitative ninhydrin assay, e.g as disclosed in Sarin et al, Anal. Biochem., 117: 147-157 (1981). After coupling of GIn residues, a DCM flow wash is used before and after deprotection by using TFA, to prevent possible high-temperature (TFA/DMF)-catalyzed pyrrolidone formation. After chain assembly is completed, the peptide fragments are deprotected and cleaved from the resin by treatment with anhydrous HF for 1 hour at O0C with 4%/7-cresol as a scavenger. The imidazole side-chain 2,4-dinitrophenyl (dnp) protecting groups remain on the His residues because the dnp-removal procedure is incompatible with C-terminal thioester groups. However, dnp is gradually removed by thiols during the ligation reaction. After cleavage, peptide fragments are precipitated with ice-cold diethylether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile, and lyophilized.
Thioester peptide fragments described above are preferably synthesized on a trityl-associated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine (TAMPAL) resin, made as disclosed by Hackeng et al (1999), or comparable protocol. Briefly, Nα-Boc-Leu (4 mmol) is activated with 3.6 mmol of HBTU in the presence of 6 mmol of DIEA and coupled for 16 minutes to 2 mmol of p-methylbenzhydrylamine (MBHA) resin, or the equivalent. Next, 3 mmol of S-trityl mercaptopropionic acid is activated with 2.7 mmol of HBTU in the presence of 6 mmol of DIEA and coupled for 16 minutes to Leu-MBHA resin. The resulting TAMPAL resin can be used as a starting resin for polypeptide-chain assembly after removal of the trityl protecting group with two 1 -minute treatments with 3.5% trϋsopropylsilane and 2.5% H2O in TFA. The thioester bond can be formed with any desired amino acid by using standard in situ-neutralization peptide coupling protocols for 1 hour, as disclosed in Schnolzer et al (cited above). Treatment of the final peptide fragment with anhydrous HF yields the C-terminal activated mercaptopropionic acid-leucine (MPAL) thioester peptide fragments.
Preferably, thiazolidine-protected thioester peptide fragment intermediates are used in native chemical ligation under conditions as described by Hackeng et al (1999), or like conditions. Briefly, 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 8.5) containing 6 M guanidine, 4% (vol/vol) benzylmercaptan, and 4% (vol/vol) thiophenol is added to dry peptides to be ligated, to give a final peptide concentration of 1-3 mM at about pH 7, lowered because of the addition of thiols and TFA from the lyophilized peptide. Preferably, the ligation reaction is performed in a heating block at 370C and is periodically vortexed to equilibrate the thiol additives. The reaction may be monitored for degree of completion by MALDI-MS or HPLC and electrospray ionization MS.
After a native chemical ligation reaction is completed or stopped, the N-terminal thiazolidine ring of the product is opened by treatment with a cysteine deprotecting agent, such as O- methylhydroxylamine (0.5 M) at pH 3.5-4.5 for 2 hours at 37° C, after which a 10-fold excess of reaction constituents prior to purification of the product by conventional preparative HPLC. Preferably, fractions containing the ligation product are identified by electrospray MS, are pooled, and lyophilized. After the synthesis is completed and the final product purified, the final polypeptide product may be refolded by conventional techniques, e.g. Creighton, Meth. Enzymol., 107: 305-329 (1984); White, Meth. Enzymol., 1 1 : 481-484 (1967); Wetlaufer, Meth. Enzymol., 107: 301-304 (1984); and the like. Preferably, a final product is refolded by air oxidation by the following, or like: The reduced lyophilized product is dissolved (at about 0.1 mg/mL) in 1 M guanidine hydrochloride (or like chaotropic agent) with 100 mM Tris, 10 mM methionine, at pH 8.6. After gentle overnight stirring, the re-folded product is isolated by reverse phase HPLC with conventional protocols.
Recombinant Expression Vectors and Host Cells
The polynucleotide sequences described herein can be used in recombinant DNA molecules that direct the expression of the corresponding polypeptides in appropriate host cells. Because of the degeneracy in the genetic code, other DNA sequences may encode the equivalent amino acid sequence, and may be used to clone and express the ADPs. Codons preferred by a particular host cell may be selected and substituted into the naturally occurring nucleotide sequences, to increase the rate and/or efficiency of expression. The nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding the desired ADP may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA), or for expression. The polypeptide can be expressed recombinantly in any of a number of expression systems according to methods known in the art (Ausubel, et al., editors, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1990). Appropriate host cells include yeast, bacteria, archebacteria, fungi, and insect and animal cells, including mammalian cells, for example primary cells, including stem cells, including, but not limited to bone marrow stem cells. More specifically, these include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid or cosmid DNA expression vectors, and yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors. Also included, are insect cells infected with a recombinant insect virus (such as baculovirus), and mammalian expression systems. The nucleic acid sequence to be expressed may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, DNA is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site using techniques known in the art. Vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of these components employs standard ligation techniques which are known to the skilled artisan.
The ADPs of the present invention are produced by culturing a host cell transformed with an expression vector containing a nucleic acid encoding an ADP, under the appropriate conditions to with the choice of the expression vector and the host cell, as ascertained by one skilled in the art. For example, the use of constitutive promoters in the expression vector may require routine optimization of host cell growth and proliferation, while the use of an inducible promoter requires the appropriate growth conditions for induction. In addition, in some embodiments, the liming of the harvest is important. For example, the baculoviral systems used in insect cell expression are lytic viruses, and thus harvest time selection can be crucial for product yield.
A host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the protein include, but are not limited to, glycosyl, acetyl, phosphate, amide, lipid, carboxyl, acyl, or carbohydrate groups. Post-translational processing, which cleaves a "prepro" form of the protein, may also be important for correct insertion, folding and/or function. By way of example, host cells such as CHO, HeLa, BHK, MDCK, 293, W 138, etc. have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for such post-translational activities and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the introduced, foreign protein. Of particular interest are Drosophila melanogaster cells, Saccharomyces cerevisiae and other yeasts, E. coli, Bacillus subtilis, SF9 cells, C129 cells, 293 cells, Neurospora, BHK, CHO, COS, and HeLa cells, fibroblasts, Schwanoma cell lines, immortalized mammalian myeloid and lymphoid cell lines, Jurkat cells, human cells and other primary cells. The nucleic acid encoding an ADP must be "operably linked" by placing it into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation. Generally, "operably linked" DNA sequences are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader or other polypeptide sequence, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice. Promoter sequences encode either constitutive or inducible promoters. The promoters may be either naturally occurring promoters or hybrid promoters. Hybrid promoters, which combine elements of more than one promoter, are also known in the art, and are useful in the present invention. The expression vector may comprise additional elements, for example, the expression vector may have two replication systems, thus allowing it to be maintained in two organisms, for example in mammalian or insect cells for expression and in a procaryotic host for cloning and amplification. Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. 2: plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Further, for integrating expression vectors, the expression vector contains at least one sequence homologous to the host cell genome, and preferably, two homologous sequences which flank the expression construct. The integrating vector may be directed to a specific locus in the host cell by selecting the appropriate homologous sequence for inclusion in the vector. Constructs for integrating vectors are well known in the art. In an additional embodiment, a heterologous expression control element may be operably linked with the endogenous gene in the host cell by homologous recombination (described in US Patents 6410266 and 6361972, disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties) . This technique allows one to regulate expression to a desired level with a chosen control element while ensuring proper processing and modification of ADP endogenously expressed by the host cell. Useful heterologous expression control elements include but are not limited to CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters.
Preferably, the expression vector contains a selectable marker gene to allow the selection of transformed host cells. Selection genes are well known in the art and will vary with the host cell used. Expression and cloning vectors will typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available for from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
Host cells transformed with a nucleotide sequence encoding an ADP may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the encoded protein from cell culture. The protein produced by a recombinant cell may be secreted, membrane-bound, or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides encoding the ADP can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the ADP through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane. The desired ADP may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the ADP-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin π leaders. For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces a-factor leaders, the latter described in
U.S Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders. According to the expression system selected, the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate vector, which in turn may require the presence of certain characteristic "control elements" or "regulatory sequences." Appropriate constructs are known generally in the art (Ausubel, et al., 1990) and, in many cases, are available from commercial suppliers such as Invitrogen (San Diego, Calif), Stratagene (La Jolla, CaUf.), Gibco BRL (Rockville, Md.) or Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.).
Expression in Bacterial Systems
Transformation of bacterial cells may be achieved using an inducible promoter such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the "BLUESCRIPT" Phagemid (Stratagene) or "pSPORTl" (Gibco BRL). In addition, a number of expression vectors may be selected for use in bacterial cells to produce cleavable fusion proteins that can be easily detected and/or purified, including, but not limited to "BLUESCRIPT" (a-galactosidase; Stratagene) or pGEX (glutathione S -transferase; Promega, Madison, Wis.). A suitable bacterial promoter is any nucleic acid sequence capable of binding bacterial RNA polymerase and initiating the downstream (3') transcription of the coding sequence of the ADP gene into mRNA. A bacterial promoter has a transcription initiation region which is usually placed proximal to the 5' end of the coding sequence. This transcription initiation region typically includes an RNA polymerase binding site and a transcription initiation site. Sequences encoding metabolic pathway enzymes provide particularly useful promoter sequences. Examples include promoter sequences derived from sugar metabolizing enzymes, such as galactose, lactose and maltose, and sequences derived from biosynthetic enzymes such as tryptophan. Promoters from bacteriophage may also be used and are known in the art. In addition, synthetic promoters and hybrid promoters are also useful; for example, the tat promoter is a hybrid of the trp and lac promoter sequences. Furthermore, a bacterial promoter can include naturally occurring promoters of non¬ bacterial origin that have the ability to bind bacterial RNA polymerase and initiate transcription. An efficient ribosome-binding site is also desirable. The expression vector may also include a signal peptide sequence that provides for secretion of the ADP in bacteria. The signal sequence typically encodes a signal peptide comprised of hydrophobic amino acids which direct the secretion of the protein from the cell, as is well known in the art. The protein is either secreted into the growth media (gram-positive bacteria) or into the periplasmic space, located between the inner and outer membrane of the cell (gram-negative bacteria). The bacterial expression vector may also include a selectable marker gene to allow for the selection of bacterial strains that have been transformed. Suitable selection genes include drug resistance genes such as ampicillin, chloramphenicol, erythromycin, kanamycin, neomycin and tetracycline. Selectable markers also include biosynthetic genes, such as are needed, e.g., for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene), in which the ADP coding sequence may be ligated into the vector in-frame with sequences for the amino- terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of beta-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced; PIN vectors (Van Heeke & Schuster JBiol Chem 264:5503-5509 1989)); PET vectors (Novagen, Madison Wis.); and the like. Expression vectors for bacteria include the various components set forth above, and are well known in the art. Examples include vectors for Bacillus subtilis, E. coli, Streptococcus cremoris, and Streptococcus lividans, among others. Bacterial expression vectors are transformed into bacterial host cells using techniques well known in the art, such as calcium chloride mediated transfection, electroporation, and others.
Expression in Yeast Yeast expression systems are well known in the art, and include expression vectors for
Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Candida albicans and C. maltosa, Hansenula polymorpha, Kluyveromyces fragilis and K. lactis, Pichia guillermondii and P pastoris, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Yarrowia lipolytica. Examples of suitable promoters for use in yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem. 255:2073 (1980)) or other glycolytic enzymes (Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzyme Reg. 7: 149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry 17:4900 (1978)), such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3- phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose- 6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, alpha factor, the ADH2IGAPDH promoter, glucokinase alcohol oxidase, and PGH. See, for example, Ausubel, et al., 1990; Grant et al., Methods in Enzymology 153:516-544, (1987). Other yeast promoters, which are inducible have the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, include the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast selectable markers include ADE2. HIS4. LEU2. TRPl. and ALG7, which confers resistance to tunicamycin; the neomycin phosphotransferase gene, which confers resistance to G418; and the CUPl gene, which allows yeast to grow in the presence of copper ions. Yeast expression vectors can be constructed for intracellular production or secretion of an ADP from the DNA encoding the ADP of interest. For example, a selected signal peptide and the appropriate constitutive or inducible promoter may be inserted into suitable restriction sites in the selected plasmid for direct intracellular expression of the
ADP. For secretion of the ADP, DNA encoding the ADP can be cloned into the selected plasmid, and linker sequences (as needed), for expression of the ADP. Yeast cells, can then be transformed with the expression plasmids described above, and cultured in an appropriate fermentation media. The protein produced by such transformed yeast can then be concentrated by precipitation with 10% trichloroacetic acid and analyzed following separation by SDS-PAGE and staining of the gels with Coomassie Blue stain. The recombinant ADP can subsequently be isolated and purified from the fermentation medium by techniques known to those of skill in the art.
Expression in Mammalian Systems The ADP may be expressed in mammalian cells. Mammalian expression systems are knowii in the art, and include retroviral vector mediated expression systems. Mammalian host cells may be transformed with any of a number of different viral-based expression systems, such as adenovirus, where the coding region can be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a nonessential El or E3 region of the viral genome results in a viable virus capable of expression of the polypeptide of interest in infected host cells. A preferred expression vector system is a retroviral vector system such as is generally described in PCT/US97/01019 and PCT/US97/101048. Suitable mammalian expression vectors contain a mammalian promoter which is any DNA sequence capable of binding mammalian RNA polymerase and initiating the downstream (3') transcription of a coding sequence for ADP into mRNA. A promoter will have a transcription initiating region, which is usually placed proximal to the 5' end of the coding sequence, and a TATA box, using a located 25-30 base pairs upstream of the transcription initiation site. The TATA box is thought to direct RNA polymerase II to begin RNA synthesis at the correct site. A mammalian promoter will also contain an upstream promoter element (enhancer element), typically located within 100 to 200 base pairs upstream of the TATA box. An upstream promoter element determines the rate at which transcription is initiated and can act in either orientation. Of particular use as mammalian promoters are the promoters from mammalian viral genes, since the viral genes are often highly expressed and have a broad host range. Examples include promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211, 504 published JuI. 5,1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, and from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems. Transcription of DNA encoding an ADP by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. The enhancer is preferably located at a site 5' from the promoter, hi general, the transcription termination and polyadenylation sequences recognized by mammalian cells are regulatory regions located 3 ' to the translation stop codon and thus, together with the promoter elements, flank the coding sequence. The 3' terminus of the mature mRNA is formed by site-specific post-translational cleavage and polyadenylation. Examples of transcription terminator and polyadenylation signals include those derived from SV40. Long term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins can be effected in a stable expression system. Expression vectors which contain viral origins of replication or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene may be used for this purpose. Appropriate vectors containing selectable markers for use in mammalian cells are readily available commercially and are known to persons skilled in the art. Examples of such selectable markers include, but are not limited to herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase for use in tk- or hprt-cells, respectively. The methods of introducing exogenous nucleic acid into mammalian hosts, as well as other hosts, is well known in the art, and will vary with the host cell used. Techniques include dextran-mediated transfection, calcium phosphate precipitation, polybrene mediated transfection, protoplast fusion, electroporation, viral infection, encapsulation of the polynucleotide(s) in liposomes, and direct microinjection of the DNA into nuclei.
ADPs can be purified from culture supematants of mammalian cells transiently transfected or stably transformed by an expression vector carrying an ADP-encoding sequence. Preferably, ADP is purified from culture supematants of COS 7 cells transiently transfected by the pcD expression vector. Transfection of COS 7 cells with pcD proceeds as follows: One day prior to transfection, approximately 10^ COS 7 monkey cells are seeded onto individual 100 mm plates in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DME) containing 10% fetal calf serum and 2 mM glutamine. To perform the transfection, the medium is aspirated from each plate and replaced with 4 ml of DME containing 50 mM Tris.HCl pH 7.4, 400 mg/ml DEAE-Dextran and 50 μg of plasmid DNA. The plates are incubated for four hours at 370C, then the DNA-containing medium is removed, and the plates are washed twice with 5 ml of serum-free DME. DME is added back to the plates which are then incubated for an additional 3 hrs at 370C. The plates are washed once with DME, after which DME containing 4% fetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, penicillin (100 U/L) and streptomycin (100 μg/L) at standard concentrations is added. The cells are then incubated for 72 hrs at 370C, after which the growth medium is collected for purification of ADP. Plasmid DNA for the transfections is obtained by growing pcD(SRα), or like expression vector, containing the ADP-encoding cDNA insert in E. coli MC 1061 (described by Casadaban and Cohen, J. MoI. Biol., Vol. 138, pgs. 179-207 (1980)), or like organism. The plasmid DNA is isolated from the cultures by standard techniques, e.g. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (Cold Spring Expression in Insect Cells
ADPs may also be produced in insect cells. Expression vectors for the transformation of insect cells, and in particular, baculovirus-based expression vectors, are well known in the art. In one such system, the ADP-encoding DNA is fused upstream of an epitope tag contained within a baculovirus expression vector. Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda Sf9 cells or in Trichoplusia larvae. The ADP-encoding sequence is cloned into a nonessential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter. Successful insertion of an ADP-encoding sequence will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein coat. The recombinant viruses are then used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which the ADP is expressed (Smith et al., J. WoI. 46:584 (1994); Engelhard E K et al., Proc. Nat, Acad. Sd. 91:3224-3227 (1994)). Suitable epitope tags for fusion to the ADP-encoding DNA include poly-his tags and immunoglobulin tags (like Fc regions of IgG). A variety of plasmids may be employed, including commercially available plasmids such as pVL1393 (Novagen). Briefly, the ADP-encoding DNA or the desired portion of the ADP-encoding DNA is amplified by PCR with primers complementary to the 5' and 3' regions. The 5' primer may incorporate flanking restriction sites. The PCR product is then digested with the selected restriction enzymes and subcloned into an expression vector. Recombinant baculovirus is generated by co-transfecting the above plasmid and BaculoGoldTM virus DNA (Pharmingen) into Spodoptera frugiperda ("Sf9") cells (ATCC CRL 1711) using lipofectin (commercially available from GIBCO-BRL), or other methods known to those of skill in the art. Virus is produced by day 4-5 of culture in Sf9 cells at 280C, and used for further amplifications. Procedures are performed as further described in O'Reilley et al., BACULOVIRUS EXPRESSION VECTORS: A LABORATORY MANUAL, Oxford University Press (1994). Extracts may be prepared from recombinant virus-infected Sf9 cells as described in Rupert et al., Nature 362:175-179 (1993). Alternatively, expressed epitope-tagged ADP can be purified by affinity chromatography, or for example, purification of an IgG tagged (or Fc tagged) ADP can be performed using chromatography techniques, including Protein A or protein G column chromatography.
Evaluation of Gene Expression
Gene expression may be evaluated in a sample directly, for example, by standard techniques known to those of skill in the art, e.g., Northern blotting to determine the transcription of mRNA, dot blotting (DNA or RNA), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Alternatively, antibodies may be used in assays for detection of polypeptides, nucleic acids, such as specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected. Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to directly evaluate the expression of an ADP polypeptide or polynucleotide. Antibodies useful for such immunological assays may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared against a native sequence ADP. Protein levels may also be detected by mass spectrometry. A further method of protein detection is with protein chips.
Purification of Expressed Protein
Expressed ADP may be purified or isolated after expression, using any of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art. The appropriate technique will vary depending upon what other components are present in the sample. Contaminant components that are removed by isolation or purification are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other solutes. The purification step(s) selected will depend, for example, on the nature of the production process used and the particular ADP produced. As ADPs are secreted, they may be recovered from culture medium. Alternatively, the ADP may be recovered from host cell lysates. If membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g. Triton-X 100) or by enzymatic cleavage. Alternatively, cells employed in expression of ADP can be disrupted by various physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or by use of cell lysing agents. Exemplary purification methods include, but are not limited to, ion-exchange column chromatography; chromatography using silica gel or a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-15; protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG; chromatography using metal chelating columns to bind epitope-tagged forms of the ADP; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; and ammonium sulfate precipitation. Ordinarily, an isolated ADP will be prepared by at least one purification step. For example, the ADP may be purified using a standard anti-ADP antibody column. Ultrafiltration and dialysis techniques, in conjunction with protein concentration, are also useful (see, for example, Scopes, R., PROTEIN PURIFICATION, Springer-Verlag, New- York, N.Y., 1982). The degree of purification necessary will vary depending on the use of the ADP. In some instances no purification will be necessary. Once expressed and purified as needed, the ADPs and nucleic acids of the present invention are useful in a number of applications, as detailed herein.
Transgenic animals
The host cells of the invention can also be used to produce nonhuman transgenic animals.
For example, in one embodiment, a host cell of the invention is a fertilized oocyte or an embryonic to create non-human transgenic animals in which exogenous ADP sequences have been introduced into their genome or homologous recombinant animals in which endogenous ADP sequences have been altered. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of an ADP or fragment thereof and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of ADP biological activity. As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal include a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, etc. A transgene is exogenous DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops and which remains in the genome of the mature animal, thereby directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal. As used herein, a "homologous recombinant animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a mouse, in which an endogenous gene has been altered by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.
A transgenic animal of the invention can be created by introducing an ADP-encoding nucleic acid into the male pronuclei of a fertilized oocyte, e.g., by microinjection or retroviral infection, and allowing the oocyte to develop in a pseudopregnant female foster animal. The ADP cDNA sequence or a fragment thereof can be introduced as a transgene into the genome of a non-human animal. Alternatively, a nonhuman homologue of a human ADP-encoding gene, such as from mouse or rat, can be used as a transgene. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to an ADP transgene to direct expression of an ADP to particular cells. Methods for generating transgenic animals via embryo manipulation and microinjection, particularly animals such as mice, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866 and 4,870,009, both by Leder et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,191 by Wagner et al. and in Hogan, B., Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1986, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Similar methods are used for production of other transgenic animals. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of an ADP transgene in its genome and/or expression of ADP mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding an ADP can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.
To create an animal in which a desired nucleic acid has been introduced into the genome via homologous recombination, a vector is prepared which contains at least a portion of an ADP- alter, e.g., functionally disrupt, the ADP-encoding sequence. The ADP-encoding sequence can be a human gene, but more preferably, is a non-human homologue of a human ADP-encoding sequence (e.g., a cDNA isolated by stringent hybridization with a nucleotide sequence coding for an ADP). For example, a mouse ADP-encoding sequence can be used to construct a homologous recombination vector suitable for altering an endogenous gene in the mouse genome. In a preferred embodiment, the vector is designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence is functionally disrupted (i.e., no longer encodes a functional protein; also referred to as a "knock out" vector). Alternatively, the vector can be designed such that, upon homologous recombination, the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence is mutated or otherwise altered but still encodes functional protein (e.g., the upstream regulatory region can be altered to thereby alter the expression of the endogenous ADP-encoding sequence). In the homologous recombination vector, the altered portion of the ADP-encoding sequence is flanked at its 5' and 3' ends by additional nucleic acid sequence of the ADP gene to allow for homologous recombination to occur between the exogenous sequence carried by the vector and an endogenous gene in an embryonic stem cell. The additional flanking nucleic acid sequence is of sufficient length for successful homologous recombination with the endogenous gene. Typically, several kilobases of flanking DNA (both at the 51 and 3' ends) are included in the vector (see e.g., Thomas, K. R and Capecchi, M. R. (1987) Cell 51:503, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, for a description of homologous recombination vectors). The vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced ADP-encoding sequence has homologously recombined with the endogenous gene are selected (see e.g., Li, E. et al. (1992) Cell 69:915, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse) to form aggregation chimeras (see e.g., Bradley, A. in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells. A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987) pp. 113-152, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term. Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA by germline transmission of the transgene. Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Bradley, A. (1991) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 2:823-829 and in PCT International Publication Nos.: WO 90/11354 by Le Mouellec et al.; WO 91/01140 by Smithies et al.; WO 92/0968 by Zijlstra et al.; and WO 93/04169 by Berns et al., the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
In another embodiment, transgenic non-human animals can be produced which contain selected systems which allow for regulated expression of the transgene. One example of such a recombinase system, see, e.g., Lakso et al. (1992) PNAS 89:6232-6236, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Another example of a recombinase system is the FLP recombinase system of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (O'Gorman et al. (1991) Science 251:1351-1355, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). If a cre/loxP recombinase system is used to regulate expression of the transgene, animals containing transgenes encoding both the Cre recombinase and a selected protein are required. Such animals can be provided through the construction of "double" transgenic animals, e.g., by mating two transgenic animals, one containing a transgene encoding a selected protein and the other containing a transgene encoding a recombinase.
Assessing ADP activity
It will be appreciated that the invention further provides methods of testing the activity of or obtaining functional fragments and variants of ADPs and ADP sequences. Such methods involve providing a variant or modified ADP-encoding nucleic acid and assessing whether the encoded polypeptide displays an ADP biological activity. Encompassed is thus a method of assessing the function of an ADP comprising: (a) providing an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof; and (b) testing said ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof for an ADP biological activity under conditions suitable for ADP activity. Cell free, cell-based and in vivo assays may be used to test ADP activity. For example, said assay may comprise expressing an ADP nucleic acid in a host cell, and observing ADP activity in said cell and other affected cells. In another example, an ADP, or a biologically active fragment or homologue thereof is contacted with a cell, and an ADP biological activity is observed.
ADP biological activities include: (1) indicating a reduced or increased likelihood that an individual has or will have Alzheimer's disease; (2) circulating through the CSF of individuals with a reduced or increased risk of developing Alzheimer's disease; (3) antigenicity, or the ability to bind an anti-ADP specific antibody; (4) immunogenicity, or the ability to generate an anti-ADP specific antibody; (5) forming intermolecular and intramolecular amino acid side chain interactions such as hydrogen, amide, or preferably disulfide links; (6) being posttranslationally modified, especially by specific proteolysis and amidation; (7) interaction with an ADP target molecule; (8) improving cognitive functions; (9) reducing neuronal loss; (-10) increasing neuronal survival; and (11) protecting neurons against glutamate or hypoxia injury.
ADP biological activity can be assayed by any suitable method known in the art. Antigenicity and immunogenicity may be detected, for example, as described in the sections titled "Anti ADP antibodies" and "Uses of ADP antibodies". Circulation in CSF may be detected as described in "Diagnostic and Prognostic Uses". Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule can be accomplished by a method for directly or indirectly determining binding, as is common to the art. Such methods are further described in the section Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule can be accomplished by a method for directly or indirectly determining binding, as is common to the art. Such methods can be cell-based (e.g., such that binding to a membrane-bound ADP is detected) or cell free. Interaction of a test compound with an ADP can be detected, for example, by coupling the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a label group such that binding of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof to its cognate target molecule can be determined by detecting the labeled ADP or biologically active portion thereof in a complex. For example, the extent of complex formation may be measured by immunoprecipitating the complex or by performing gel electrophoresis. Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to an ADP target molecule may also be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA). Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991) Anal. Chem. 63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5.699-705, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. As used herein, "BIA" is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.
Alzheimer's disease may be diagnosed by any method determined appropriate for an individual by one of skill in the art. Further examples of symptoms and diagnostics may be found in the Background section, and are best determined appropriately by one of skill in the art based on the particular profile of a patient.
Intermolecular and intramolecular interactions may be detected by sequence-based structural predictions. Such predictions are generally based on X-ray crystallography or NMR structural data for a polypeptide with similar sequence. Detection of intramolecular interactions may also be accomplished using SDS-PAGE. For the example of disulfide bonds, links formed between different portions of a given protein result in a more compacted protein, and thus, a reduced apparent molecular weight. Disulfide bonds may be disrupted by a reducing agent, for example, dithiothreitol (DTT). A protein sample that has been treated with a reducing agent may thus be compared to an untreated control by SDS-PAGE to detect a change in apparent molecular weight. Such methods are common to the art.
Amidation may be detected by comparing the molecular weight of a sample peptide to that of an amidated form of the same peptide. The amidated form may be prepared according to common methods, for example, as disclosed in US Patent 4708934. Molecular weights are easily compared according to any method common to the art such as SDS-PAGE, gel chromatography, or mass spectrometry. Proteolysis may also be detected by comparing the molecular weight of a sample peptide to that of a peptide of known molecular weight. Preferably, the molecular weight of a test peptide is obtained by mass spectrometry and compared to a database comprising molecular weights SWISSPROT, EMBL, and the Protein Sequence Database. Such techniques are detailed further herein.
Assessing the ability of ADP-related compositions to increase neuronal survival can be performed in vitro, for example according to the procedure described in Example 5.
Assessing the ability of ADP-related compositions to protect neurons against glutamate injury can be performed in vitro, for example according to the following protocol:
Preparation of cell cultures
The cortices are dissected under a stereomicroscope from fetal rats (Sprague-Dawley) of embryonic age E 17-El 9 (length of embryos, 18 mm). Cells (4 x 105) are seeded onto 11 mm wells (Costar) that are treated with polyornithine (1 mg/ml) and grown in MEM (minimum essential medium) tissue culture medium that contains 5% horse serum and 5% fetal calf serum. Cultures are kept at 370C in 95% air/5% CO2. In order to decrease the number of non-neuronal cells, the antimitotic cytosine arabinoside (ara C) is used at 10'6 M starting on the third day of culture during 3 days. Culture medium is changed every third day and morphological change of the cells is checked by phase contrast microscopy (Choi, D.W., Neuron, 1, 623, 1988).
Procedure for inducing cell injury (glutamate exposure)
Just prior to glutamate treatment, the culture medium is replaced by 300 μl of a HEPES- buffered control salt solution (HCSS) as described by Regan and Choi (Regan, R.F. and Choi,
D.W., Neuroscience, 43, 585, 1991). Cells are incubated for 10 min in the HCSS medium at room temperature. At the end of this incubation, the ADP-related composition and the reference compound MK-801 are added to the cells at the concentrations indicated (see below) and the cells are incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Thereafter, the cells are incubated for 15 min with 1 mM glutamate at room temperature. Subsequently, this solution is removed and replaced by 250 μl of serum-free MEM and the cells were re-incubated at 370C for 24h under standard conditions. After morphological examination of the cells, the supematants from the control and treated cultures are harvested and analysed for LDH activity.
Assessment of the ability of ADP-related compositions to improve cognitive functions can for example be conducted in normal animal where improvements in memory are quantified (e.g., time spent by an animal to recognize an object seen before, Bartolini et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 53:277-283, 1996 and Puma C. et al., Eur, Neuropsychopharmacol., 1999 Jun;9(4):323-7). This assessment can also be studied in animal models of the disease, like animal with scopolamine- induced amnesia (Drew et al., Psychopharmacologia 32:171-182, 1973; Maurice et al., Brain Res. 647:44-56, 1994) or animals with basal forebrain lesions (induced for example by stereotaxic injection of ibotenic acid in the nucleus basalis magnocellularis), fimbria-fomix lesions (for example vincristine) where the efficacy of the ADP -related composition in correcting the chemically- or surgically-induced defect is measured.
Anti-ADP Antibodies
The present invention provides antibodies and binding compositions specific for ADPs. Such antibodies and binding compositions include polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, Fab and single chain Fv fragments thereof, bispecific antibodies, heteroconjugates, and humanized antibodies. Such antibodies and binding compositions may be produced in a variety of ways, including hybridoma cultures, recombinant expression in bacteria or mammalian cell cultures, and recombinant expression in transgenic animals. There is abundant guidance in the literature for selecting a particular production methodology, e.g. Chadd and Chamow, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 12: 188-194 (2001).
The choice of manufacturing methodology depends on several factors including the antibody structure desired, the importance of carbohydrate moieties on the antibodies, ease of culturing and purification, and cost. Many different antibody structures may be generated using standard expression technology, including full-length antibodies, antibody fragments, such as Fab and Fv fragments, as well as chimeric antibodies comprising components from different species. Antibody fragments of small size, such as Fab and Fv fragments, having no effector functions and limited pharmokinetic activity may be generated in a bacterial expression system. Single chain Fv fragments are desirable for radioimmunodetection and in situ radiotherapy. Whenever pharmacokinetic activity in the form of increased half-life is required for therapeutic purposes, then full-length antibodies are preferable. For example, the immunoglobulin G (IgG) molecule may be one of four subclasses: γl, γ2, γ3, or γ4. If a full-length antibody with effector function is required, then IgG subclasses γl or γ3 are preferred, and IgG subclass γl is most preferred. The γl and γ3 subclasses exhibit potent effector function, complement activation, and promote antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity through interaction with specific Fc receptors, e.g. Raju et al, Glycobiology, 10: 477-486 (2000); Lund et al, J. Immunol., 147: 2657-2662 (1991).
Polyclonal Antibodies
The anti-ADP antibodies of the present invention may be polyclonal antibodies. Such polyclonal antibodies can be produced in a mammal, for example, following one or more injections of an immunizing agent, and preferably, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected into the mammal by a series of subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections. The immunizing agent may include ADPs or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the antigen to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of methylated bovine serum albumin (mBSA), bovine serum albumin (BSA), Hepatitis B surface antigen, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. Adjuvants include, for example, Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicoryno-mycolate). The immunization protocol may be determined by one skilled in the art based on standard protocols or by routine experimentation.
Alternatively, a crude protein preparation which has been enriched for an ADP or a portion thereof can be used to generate antibodies. Such proteins, fragments or preparations are introduced into the non-human mammal in the presence of an appropriate adjuvant. If the serum contains polyclonal antibodies to undesired epitopes, the polyclonal antibodies are purified by immunoaffinity chromatography.
Effective polyclonal antibody production is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with both inadequate and excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple intradermal sites appear to be most reliable. Techniques for producing and processing polyclonal antisera are known in the art, see for example, Mayer and Walker (1987), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found in Vaitukaitis, J. et al. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 33:988-991(1971), the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double immunodiffusion in agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony, O. et al., Chap. 19 in: Handbook of Experimental Immunology D. Wier (ed) Blackwell (1973). Plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum. Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by preparing competitive binding curves, as described, for example, by Fisher, D., Chap. 42 in: Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d Ed. (Rose and Friedman, Eds.) Amer. Soc. For Microbiol., Washington, D. C. (1980).
Monoclonal Antibodies Alternatively, the anti-ADP antibodies may be monoclonal antibodies Monoclonal antibodies may be produced by hybridomas, wherein a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is immunized with. an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent, e.g. Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975). The immunizing agent will typically include the ADP or a fusion protein thereof and optionally a carrier. Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
Generally, spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired, or peripheral blood lymphocytes ("PBLs") are used if cells of human origin are desired. The polyethylene glycol, to produce a hybridoma cell, e.g. Goding, MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE, Academic Press, pp. 59-103 (1986); Liddell and Cryer, A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991); Malik and Lillenoj, Editors, Antibody Techniques (Academic Press, New York, 1994). In general, immortalized cell lines are transformed mammalian cells, for example, myeloma cells of rat, mouse, bovine or human origin. The hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, arninopterin, and thymidine (HAT), substances which prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells. Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level production of antibody, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine or human myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for example, from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, MD. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies, e.g. Kozbor, J. Immunol. 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, pp. 51-63 (1987).
The culture medium (supernatant) in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against an ADP. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies present in the hybridoma supernatant is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radio- immunoassay (RJA) or Enzyme- Linked Lnmuno Sorbent Assay (ELISA). Appropriate techniques and assays are known in the art. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal Biochem. 107:220 (1980). After the desired antibody- producing hybridoma cells are identified, the cells may be cloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, 1986, supra). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal. The monoclonal antibodies secreted byselected clones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by immunoglobulin purification procedures routinely used by those of skill in the art such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxyl-apatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be isolated from the ADP-specific hybridoma cells and sequenced, e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for the murine heavy and light chain constant domains for the homologous human sequences (Morrison et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 81:6851-6855 (1984); Neuberger et al , Nature 312:604-608 (1984); Takeda et al., Nature 314:452-454 (1985)), or by co valently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. The non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody. The antibodies may also be monovalent antibodies. Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, in vitro methods are suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies. Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art.
Antibodies and antibody fragments characteristic of hybridomas of the invention can also be produced by recombinant means by extracting messenger RNA, constructing a cDNA library, and selecting clones which encode segments of the antibody molecule. The following are exemplary references disclosing recombinant techniques for producing antibodies: Wall et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 5, pgs. 3113-3128 (1978); Zakut et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 8, pgs. 3591- 3601 (1980); Cabilly et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 81, pgs. 3273-3277 (1984); Boss et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 12, pgs. 3791-3806 (1984); Amster et al., Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 8, pgs. 2055-2065 (1980); Moore et al., U.S. Patent 4,642,334; Skerra et al, Science, Vol. 240, pgs. 1038-1041(1988); Huse et al, Science, Vol. 246, pgs. 1275-1281 (1989); and U.S. patents 6,054,297; 5,530,101; 4,816,567; 5,750,105; and 5,648,237; which patents are incorporated by reference. In particular, such techniques can be used to produce interspecific monoclonal antibodies, wherein the binding region of one species is combined with non-binding region of the antibody of another species to reduce immunogenicity, e.g. Liu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 84, pgs. 3439- 3443 (1987), and patents 6,054,297 and 5,530,101. Preferably, recombinantly produced Fab and Fv fragments are expressed in bacterial host systems. Preferably, full-length antibodies are produced by mammalian cell culture techniques. More preferably, full-length antibodies are expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells or NSO cells.
Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies can be screened by ELISA. As in other solid phase immunoassays, the test is based on the tendency of macromolecules to adsorb nonspecifically to plastic. The irreversibility of this reaction, without loss of immunological activity, allows the formation of antigen-antibody complexes with a simple separation of such complexes from unbound material. To titrate anti-peptide serum, peptide conjugated to a carrier different from that used in allowed to react in the wells with dilutions of anti-peptide serum. Unbound antibody is washed away, and the remaining antigen-antibody complexes are allowed to react with an antibody specific for the IgG of the immunized animal. This second antibody is conjugated to an enzyme such as alkaline phosphatase. A visible colored reaction produced when the enzyme substrate is added indicates which wells have bound antipeptide antibodies. The use of spectrophotometer readings allows better quantification of the amount of peptide-specific antibody bound. High-titer antisera yield a linear titration curve between 10"^ and 10"^ dilutions.
ADP peptide carriers
The invention includes immunogens derived from ADPs, and immunogens comprising conjugates between carriers and peptides of the invention. The term immunogen as used herein refers to a substance which is capable of causing an immune response. The term carrier as used herein refers to any substance which when chemically conjugated to a peptide of the invention permits a host organism immunized with the resulting conjugate to generate antibodies specific for the conjugated peptide. Carriers include red blood cells, bacteriophages, proteins, or synthetic particles such as agarose beads. Preferably, carriers are proteins, such as serum albumin, gamma¬ globulin, keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), thyroglobulin, ovalbumin, or fibrinogen.
The general technique of linking synthetic peptides to a carrier is described in several references, e.g. Walter and Doolittle, "Antibodies Against Synthetic Peptides," in Setlow et al., eds., Genetic Engineering, Vol. 5, pgs. 61-91 (Plenum Press, N.Y., 1983); Green et al. Cell, Vol. 28, pgs. 477-487 (1982); Lemer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 78, pgs. 3403-3407 (1981); Shimizu et al., U.S. Patent 4,474,754; and Ganfield et al., U.S. Patent 4,311,639. Accordingly, these references are incorporated by reference. Also, techniques employed to link haptens to carriers are essentially the same as the above-referenced techniques, e.g. chapter 20 in Tijssen, Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays (Elsevier, New York, 1985). The four most commonly used schemes for attaching a peptide to a carrier are (1) glutaraldehyde for amino coupling, e.g. as disclosed by Kagan and Glick, in Jaffe and Behrman, eds. Methods of Hormone Radioimmunoassay, pgs. 328- 329 (Academic Press, N.Y., 1979), and Walter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., Vol. 77, pgs. 5197- 5200 (1980); (2) water-soluble carbodiimides for carboxyl to amino coupling, e.g. as disclosed by Hoare et al., J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 242, pgs. 2447-2453 (1967); (3) bis-diazobenzidine (BDB) for tyrosine to tyrosine sidechain coupling, e.g. as disclosed by Bassiri et al., pgs. 46-47, in Jaffe and Behrman, eds. (cited above), and Walter et al. (cited above); and (4) maleimidobenzoyl-N- hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) for coupling cysteine (or other sulfhydryls) to amino groups, e.g. as disclosed by Kitagawa et al., J. Biochem. (Tokyo), Vol. 79, pgs. 233-239 (1976), and Lerner et al. (cited above). A general rule for selecting an appropriate method for coupling a given peptide to a the sequence, preferably at the appropriate end of the segment. For example, BDB should not be used if a tyrosine residue occurs in the main part of a sequence chosen for its potentially antigenic character. Similarly, centrally located lysines rule out the glutaraldehyde method, and the occurrences of aspartic and glutamic acids frequently exclude the carbodiimide approach. On the other hand, suitable residues can be positioned at either end of chosen sequence segment as attachment sites, whether or not they occur in the "native" protein sequence. Internal segments, unlike the amino and carboxy termini, will differ significantly at the "unattached end" from the same sequence as it is found in the native protein where the polypeptide backbone is continuous. The problem can be remedied, to a degree, by acetylating the α-amino group and then attaching the peptide by way of its carboxy terminus. The coupling efficiency to the carrier protein is conveniently measured by using a radioactively labeled peptide, prepared either by using a radioactive amino acid for one step of the synthesis or by labeling the completed peptide by the iodination of a tyrosine residue. The presence of tyrosine in the peptide also allows one to set up a sensitive radioimmune assay, if desirable. Therefore, tyrosine can be introduced as a terminal residue if it is not part of the peptide sequence defined by the native polypeptide.
Preferred carriers are proteins, and preferred protein carriers include bovine serum albumin, myoglobulin, ovalbumin (OVA), keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), or the like. Peptides can be linked to KLH through cysteines by MBS as disclosed by Liu et al., Biochemistry, Vol. 18, pgs. 690-697 (1979). The peptides are dissolved in phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.5), 0.1 M sodium borate buffer (pH 9.0) or 1.0 M sodium acetate buffer (pH 4.0). The pH for the dissolution of the peptide is chosen to optimize peptide solubility. The content of free cysteine for soluble peptides is determined by Ellman's method, Ellman, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., Vol. 82, pg. 7077 (1959). For each peptide, 4 mg KLH in 0.25 ml of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) is reacted with 0.7 mg MBS (dissolved in dimethyl formamide) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The MBS is added dropwise to ensure that the local concentration of formamide is not too high, as KLH is insoluble in >30% formamide. The reaction product, KLH-MBS, is then passed through Sephadex G-25 equilibrated with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.0) to remove free MBS, KLH recovery from peak fractions of the column eluate (monitored by OD280) is estimated to be approximately 80%. KLH-MBS is then reacted with 5 mg peptide dissolved in 1 ml of the chosen buffer. The pH is adjusted to 7-7.5 and the reaction is stirred for 3 hr at room temperature. Coupling efficiency is monitored with radioactive peptide by dialysis of a sample of the conjugate against phosphate-buffered saline, and may range from 8% to 60%. Once the peptide-carrier conjugate is available, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are produced by standard techniques, e.g. as disclosed by Campbell, Monoclonal Antibody Technology (Elsevier, New York, 1984); Hurrell, ed. Monoclonal Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques and Applications (CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, U.S. Patent 4,562,003; or the like. In particular, U.S. Patent 4,562,003 is incorporated by reference.
Humanized Antibodies The anti-ADP antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. The term "humanized antibody" refers to humanized forms of non-human (e.g , murine) antibodies that are chimeric antibodies, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab'), or other antigen-binding partial sequences of antibodies) which contain some portion of the sequence derived from non-human antibody. Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired binding specificity, affinity and capacity. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and generally two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986) and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992)). Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acids introduced into it from a source which is non-human in order to more closely resemble a human antibody, while still retaining the original binding activity of the antibody. Methods for humanization of antibodies are further detailed in Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); and Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534- 1536 (1988). Such "humanized" antibodies are chimeric antibodies in that substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
Heteroconjugate Antibodies
Heteroconjugate antibodies which comprise two covalently joined antibodies, are also within the scope of the present invention. Heteroconjugate antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, immunotoxins may be prepared using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
Bispecific Antibodies Bispecific antibodies have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. Such antibodies are monoclonal, and preferably human or humanized. One of the binding specificities of a bispecific antibody of the present invention is for an ADP, and the other one is preferably for a cell- in the art, and in general, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co- expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs in hybridoma cells, where the two heavy chains have different specificities, e.g. Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305:537-539 (1983). Given that the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains results in production of potentially ten different antibody molecules by the hybridomas, purification of the correct molecule usually requires some sort of affinity purification, e.g. affinity chromatography.
Uses of ADP antibodies ADP antibodies are preferably specific for the ADPs of the invention and as such, do not bind peptides derived from other proteins with high affinity. As used herein, the term "heavy chain variable region" means a polypeptide (1) which is from 110 to 125 amino acids in length, and (2) whose amino acid sequence corresponds to that of a heavy chain of an antibody of the invention, starting from the heavy chain's N-terminal amino acid. Likewise, the term "light chain variable region" means a polypeptide (1) which is from 95 to 115 amino acids in length, and (2) whose amino acid sequence corresponds to that of a light chain of an antibody of the invention, starting from the light chain's N-terminal amino acid. As used herein the term "monoclonal antibody" refers to homogeneous populations of immunoglobulins which are capable of specifically binding to ADPs. ADP antibodies may be used as functional modulators, most commonly as antagonists. Preferably, antibody modulators of the invention are derived from monoclonal antibodies specific for ADPs. Monoclonal antibodies capable of blocking, or neutralizing, ADPs are generally selected by their ability to inhibit an ADP biological activity.
The use of antibody fragments is also well known, e.g. Fab fragments: Tijssen, Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays (Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1985); and Fv fragments: Hochman et al. Biochemistry, Vol. 12, pgs. 1130-1135 (1973), Sharon et al., Biochemistry, Vol. 15, pgs. 1591-1594 (1976) and Ehrlich et al., U.S. Patent 4,355,023; and antibody half molecules: Auditore- Hargreaves, U.S. Patent 4,470,925.
Preferably, monoclonal antibodies, Fv fragments, Fab fragments, or other binding compositions derived from monoclonal antibodies of the invention have a high affinity to ADPs. The affinity of monoclonal antibodies and related molecules to ADPs may be measured by conventional techniques including plasmon resonance, ELISA, or equilibrium dialysis. Affinity measurement by plasmon resonance techniques may be carried out, for example, using a BIAcore 2000 instrument (Biacore AB, Uppsala, Sweden) in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended protocol. Preferably, affinity is measured by ELISA, as described in U.S. patent 6,235,883, for example. Preferably, the dissociation constant between ADPs and monoclonal antibodies of the invention is less than 10'5 molar. More preferably, such dissociation constant is less than 10'8 molar; still more preferably, such dissociation constant is less than 10'9 molar; and most preferably, such dissociation In addition, the antibodies of the present invention are useful for detecting ADPs. Such detection methods are advantageously applied to diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. The antibodies of the invention may be used in most assays involving antigen-antibody reactions. The assays may be homogeneous or heterogeneous. In a homogeneous assay approach, the sample can be a biological sample or fluid such as CSF, serum, urine, whole blood, lymphatic fluid, plasma, saliva, cells, tissue, and material secreted by cells or tissues cultured in vitro. The sample can be pretreated if necessary to remove unwanted materials. The immunological reaction usually involves the specific antibody, a labeled analyte, and the sample suspected of containing the antigen. The signal arising from the label is modified, directly or indirectly, upon the binding of the antibody to the labeled analyte. Both immunological reaction and detection of the extent thereof are carried out in a homogeneous solution. Immunochemical labels which may be employed include free radicals, fluorescent dyes, enzymes, bacteriophages, coenzymes, and so forth.
In a heterogeneous assay approach, the reagents are usually the sample, the specific antibody, and means for producing a detectable signal. The specimen is generally placed on a support, such as a plate or a slide, and contacted with the antibody in a liquid phase. The support is then separated from the liquid phase and either the support phase or the liquid phase is examined for a detectable signal employing means for producing such signal or signal producing system. The signal is related to the presence of the antigen in the sample. Means for producing a detectable signal includes the use of radioactive labels, fluorescent compounds, enzymes, and so forth. Exemplary heterogeneous immunoassays are the radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence methods, enzyme- linked immunoassays, and the like.
For a more detailed discussion of the above immunoassay techniques, see "Enzyme- Immunoassay," by Edward T. Maggio, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FIa., 1980. See also, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,690,834; 3,791,932; 3,817,837; 3,850,578; 3,853,987; 3,867,517; 3,901,654; 3,935,074; 3,984,533; 3,966,345; and 4,098,876, which listing is not intended to be exhaustive. Methods for conjugating labels to antibodies and antibody fragments are well known in the art. Such methods may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,220,450; 4,235,869; 3,935,974; and 3,966,345. Another example of a technique in which the antibodies of the invention may be employed is immunoperoxidase labeling. (Sternberger, Immunocytochemistry (1979) pp. 104-169). Alternatively, the antibodies may be bound to a radioactive material or to a drug to form a radiopharmaceutical or pharmaceutical, respectively. (Carrasquillo, et al., Cancer Treatment Reports (1984) 68:317-328).
One embodiment of an assay employing an antibody of the present invention involves the use of a surface to which the monoclonal antibody of the invention is attached. The underlying structure of the surface may take different forms, have different compositions and may be a mixture of compositions or laminates or combinations thereof. The surface may assume a variety of shapes and Illustrative surfaces may be pads, beads, discs, or strips which may be flat, concave or convex. Thickness is not critical, generally being from about 0.1 to 2 mm thick and of any convenient diameter or other dimensions. The surface typically will be supported on a rod, tube, capillary, fiber, strip, disc, plate, cuvette and will typically be porous and polyfunctional or capable of being polyfunctionalized so as to permit covalent binding of an antibody and permit bonding of other compounds which form a part of a means for producing a detectable signal. A wide variety of organic and inorganic polymers, both natural and synthetic, and combinations thereof, may be employed as the material for the solid surface. Illustrative polymers include polyethylene, polypropylene, poly(4-methylbutene), polystyrene, polymethracrylate, poly(ethylene terephthalate), rayon, nylon, poly(viαyl butyrate), silicones, polyformaldehyde, cellulose, cellulose acetate, nitrocellulose, and latex. Other surfaces include paper, glasses, ceramics, metals, metaloids, semiconductor materials, cements, silicates or the like. Also included are substrates that form gels, gelatins, lipopolysaccharides, silicates, agarose and polyacrylamides or polymers which form several aqueous phases such as dextrans, polyalkylene glycols (alkylene of 2 to 3 carbon atoms) or surfactants such as phospholipids. The binding of the antibody to the surface may be accomplished by well known techniques, commonly available in the literature (see, for example, "Immobilized Enzymes," Ichiro Chibata, Press, New York (1978) and Cuatrecasas, J. Bio. Chem., 245: 3059 (1970)). In carrying out the assay in accordance with this aspect of the invention, the sample is mixed with aqueous medium and the medium is contacted with the surface having an antibody bound thereto. Labels may be included in the aqueous medium, either concurrently or added subsequently so as to provide a detectable signal associated with the surface. The means for producing the detectable signal can involve the incorporation of a labeled analyte or it may involve the use of a second monoclonal antibody having a label conjugated thereto. Separation and washing steps will be carried out as needed. The signal detected is related to the presence of ADP in the sample. It is within the scope of the present invention to include a calibration on the same support. A particular embodiment of an assay in accordance with the present invention, by way of illustration and not limitation, involves the use of a support such as a slide or a well of a petri dish. The technique involves fixing the sample to be analyzed on the support with an appropriate fixing material and incubating the sample on the .slide with a monoclonal antibody. After washing with an appropriate buffer such as, for example, phosphate buffered saline, the support is contacted with a labeled specific binding partner for the antibody. After incubation as desired, the slide is washed a second time with an aqueous buffer and the determination is made of the binding of the labeled monoclonal antibody to the antigen. If the label is fluorescent, the slide may be covered with a fluorescent antibody mounting fluid on a cover slip and then examined with a fluorescent microscope to determine the extent of binding. On the other hand, the label can be an enzyme conjugated to the monoclonal antibody and the extent of binding can be determined by examining the slide for the particular example of an assay utilizing the present antibodies is a double determinant ELISA assay. A support such as, e.g., a glass or vinyl plate, is coated with an antibody specific for ADP by conventional techniques. The support is contacted with the sample suspected of containing ADP, usually in aqueous medium. After an incubation period from 30 seconds to 12 hours, the support is separated from the medium, washed to remove unbound ADP with, for example, water or an aqueous buffered medium, and contacted with an antibody specific for ADP, again usually in aqueous medium. The antibody is labeled with an enzyme directly or indirectly such as, e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase. After incubation, the support is separated from the medium, and washed as above. The enzyme activity of the support or the aqueous medium is determined. This enzyme activity is related to the amount of ADP in the sample.
The invention also includes kits, e.g., diagnostic assay kits, for carrying out the methods disclosed above. In one embodiment, the kit comprises in packaged combination (a) a monoclonal antibody more specifically defined above and (b) a conjugate of a specific binding partner for the above monoclonal antibody and a label capable of producing a detectable signal. The reagents may also include ancillary agents such as buffering agents and protein stabilizing agents, e.g., polysaccharides and the like. The kit may further include, where necessary, other members of the signal producing system of which system the label is a member, agents for reducing background interference in a test, control reagents, apparatus for conducting a test, and the like. In another embodiment, the diagnostic kit comprises a conjugate of monoclonal antibody of the invention and a label capable of producing a detectable signal. Ancillary agents as mentioned above may also be present.
Further, an anti-ADP antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate ADPs by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. For example, an anti- ADP antibody can facilitate the purification of natural ADPs from cells and of recombinantly produced ADP expressed in host cells. Moreover, an anti-ADP antibody can be used to isolate ADP to aid in detection of low concentrations of ADP (e.g., in CSF, serum, cellular lysate or cell supernatant) or in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the ADP. Anti-ADP antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a label group.
Protein Arrays
Detection, purification, and screening of the polypeptides of the invention may be accomplished using retentate chromatography (preferably, protein arrays or chips), as described by U.S. Patent 6225027 and U.S. Patent Application 20010014461, disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. Briefly, retentate chromatography describes methods in chip) and subsequently detected. Such methods involve (1) selectively adsorbing polypeptides from a sample to a substrate under a plurality of different adsorbent/eluant combinations ("selectivity conditions") and (2) detecting the retention of adsorbed polypeptides by desorption spectrometry (e.g., by mass spectrometry). In conventional chromatographic methods, polypeptides are eluted off of the adsorbent prior to detection. The coupling of adsorption chromatography with detection by desorption spectrometry provides extraordinary sensitivity, the ability to rapidly analyze retained components with a variety of different selectivity conditions, and parallel processing of components adsorbed to different sites (i.e., "affinity sites" or "spots") on the array under different elution conditions.
These methods are useful for: combinatorial, biochemical separation and purification of the ADPs; study of differential gene expression; detection of differences in protein levels (e.g., for diagnosis); and detection of molecular recognition events (e.g., for screening and drug discovery). Thus, this invention provides a molecular discovery and diagnostic device that is characterized by the inclusion of both parallel and multiplex polypeptide processing capabilities. Polypeptides of the invention and ADP-binding substances are preferably attached to a label group, and thus directly detected, enabling simultaneous transmission of two or more signals from the same "circuit" (i.e., addressable "chip" location) during a single unit operation.
Detection of ADPs by mass spectrometry
In accordance with the present invention, any instrument, method, process, etc. can be utilized to determine the identity and abundance of proteins in a sample. A preferred method of obtaining identity is by mass spectrometry, where protein molecules in a sample are ionized and then the resultant mass and charge of the protein ions are detected and determined. To use mass spectrometry to analyze proteins, it is preferred that the protein be converted to a gas-ion phase. Various methods of protein ionization are useful, including, e.g., fast ion bombardment (FAB), plasma desorption, laser desorption, thermal desorption, preferably, electrospray ionization (ESI) and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI). Many different mass analyzers are available for peptide and protein analysis, including, but not limited to, Time-of-Flight (TOF), ion trap (ITMS), Fourier transform ion cyclotron (FTMS), quadrupole ion trap, and sector (electric and/or magnetic) spectrometers. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,572,025 for an ion trap MS. Mass analyzers can be used alone, or in combination with other mass analyzers in tandem mass spectrometers. In the latter case, a first mass analyzer can be use to separate the protein ions (precursor ion) from each other and determine the molecular weights of the various protein constituents in the sample. A second mass analyzer can be used to analyze each separated constituents, e.g., by fragmenting the precursor ions into product ions by using, e.g. an inert gas.
Any desired combination of mass analyzers can be used, including, e.g., triple quadrupoles, tandem Different kinds of detectors can be used to detect the protein ions. For example, destructive detectors can be utilized, such as ion electron multipliers or cryogenic detectors (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,640,010). Additionally, non-destructive detectors can be used, such as ion traps which are used as ion current pick-up devices in quadrupole ion trap mass analyzers or FTMS .
For MALDI-TOF, a number of sample preparation methods can be utilized including, dried droplet (Karasand Hillenkamp, Anal. Chem., 60:2299-2301, 1988), vacuum-drying (Winberger et al., In Proceedings of the 41st ASMS Conference on Mass Spectrometry and Allied Topics, San Francisco, May 31-June 4, 1993, pp. 775a-b), crush crystals (Xiang et al., Rapid Comm. Mass Spectrom., 8:199-204,1994), slow crystal growing (Xiang et al., Org. Mass Spectrom, 28:1424- 1429, 1993); active film (Mock et al., Rapid Comm. Mass Spectrom.,6:233-238, 1992; Bai et al., Anal. Chem., 66:3423-3430, 1994), pneumatic spray (Kochling et al., Proceedings of the 43rd ASMS Conference on Mass Spectrometry and Allied Topics; Atlanta, GA, May 21-26, 1995, pl225); electrospray (Hensel et al., Proceedings of the 43rd ASMS Conference on Mass Spectrometry and Allied Topics; Atlanta, GA, May 21 -26, 1995, p947); fast solvent evaporation (Vorm et al., Anal. Chem., 66:3281-3287, 1994); sandwich (Li et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 11 8: 11662-11663,1996); and two-layer methods (Dal et al., Anal. Chem., 71:1087-1091, 1999). See also, e.g., Liang et al., Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom., 10: 1219-1226, 1996; van Adrichemet al., Anal. Chem., 70:923-930, 1998. For MALDI analysis, samples are prepared as solid-state co-crystals or thin films by mixing them with an energy absorbing compound or colloid (the matrix) in the liquid phase, and ultimately drying the solution to the solid state upon the surface of an inert probe. In some cases an energy absorbing molecule (EAM) is an integral component of the sample presenting surface. Regardless of EAM application strategy, the probe contents are allowed to dry to the solid state prior to introduction into the laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer (LDIMS).
Ion detection in TOF mass spectrometry is typically achieved with the use of electro- emissive detectors such as electron multipliers (EMP) or microchannel plates (MCP). Both of these devices function by converting primary incident charged particles into a cascade of secondary, tertiary, quaternary, etc. electrons. The probability of secondary electrons being generated by the impact of a single incident charged particle can be taken to be the ion-to-electron conversion efficiency of this charged particle (or more simply, the conversion efficiency). The total electron yield for cascading events when compared to the total number of incident charged particles is typically described as the detector gain. Because generally the overall response time of MCPs is far superior to that of EMPs, MCPs are the preferred electro-emissive detector for enhancing mass/charge resolving power. However, EMPs function well for detecting ion populations of disbursed kinetic energies, where rapid response time and broad frequency bandwidth are not necessary. mass spectrometer (LC-TMS) is used. This system provides an additional stage of sample separation via use of a liquid chromatograph followed by tandem mass spectrometry.
In preferred aspects, a protein eluted from a column according to the system described in Example 1 is analyzed using both MS and MS-MS analysis. For example, a small portion of intact proteins eluting from RP2 may be diverted to online detection using LC-ESI MS. The proteins are aliquoted on a number of plates allowing digestion or not with trypsin, preparation for MALDI-MS as well as for ESI-MS, as well as preparation of the MALDI plates with different matrices. The methods thus allow, in addition to information on intact mass, to conduct an analysis by both peptide mass fingerprinting and MS -MS techniques.
The methods described herein of separating and fractionating proteins provide individual proteins or fractions containing small numbers of distinct proteins. These proteins can be identified by mass spectral determination of the molecular masses of the protein and peptides resulting from the fragmentation thereof. Making use of available information in protein sequence databases, a comparison can be made between proteolytic peptide mass patterns generated in silico, and experimentally observed peptide masses. A "hit-list" can be compiled, ranking candidate proteins in the database, based on (among other criteria) the number of matches between the theoretical and experimental proteolytic fragments. Several Web sites are accessible that provide software for protein identification on-line, based on peptide mapping and sequence database search strategies (e.g., http://www.expasy.ch). Methods of peptide mapping and sequencing using MS are described in WO 95/252819, U.S. Pat. No. 5,538,897, U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,240, U.S. Pat. No. 5,572,259, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,696,376. See, also, Yates, J. Mass Spec, 33: 1 (1998).
Data collected from a mass spectrometer typically comprises the intensity and mass to charge ratio for each detected event. Spectral data can be recorded in any suitable form, including, e.g., in graphical, numerical, or electronic formats, either in digital or analog form. Spectra are preferably recorded in a storage medium, including, e.g., magnetic, such as floppy disk, tape, or hard disk; optical, such as CD-ROM or laser-disc; or, ROM-CHIPS.
The mass spectrum of a given sample typically provides information on protein intensity, mass to charge ratio, and molecular weight. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the molecular weights of proteins in the sample are used as a matching criterion to query a database. The molecular weights are calculated conventionally, e.g., by subtracting the mass of the ionizing proton for singly- charged protonated molecular ions, by multiplying the measured mass/charge ratio by the number of charges for multiply-charged ions and subtracting the number of ionizing protons.
Various databases are useful in accordance with the present invention. Useful databases include, databases containing genomic sequences, expressed gene sequences, and/or expressed protein sequences. Preferred databases contain nucleotide sequence-derived molecular masses of proteins present in a known organism, organ, tissue, or cell-type. There are a number of algorithms molecular weight information. Several publicly accessible databases are available, including, the SwissPROT/TrEMBL database (http://www.expasy.ch).
Typically, a mass spectrometer is equipped with commercial software that identifies peaks above a certain threshold level, calculates mass, charge, and intensity of detected ions. Correlating molecular weight with a given output peak can be accomplished directly from the spectral data, i.e., where the charge on an ion is one and the molecular weight is therefore equal to the numerator value minus the mass of the ionizing proton. However, protein ions can be complexed with various counter-ions and adducts, such as N, C, and K'. In such a case, it would be expected that a given protein ion would exhibit multiple peaks, such as a triplet, representing different ionic states (or species) of the same protein. Thus, it may be necessary to analyze and process spectral data to determine families of peaks arising from the same protein. This analysis can be carried out conventionally, e.g., as described by Mann et al., anal. Chem., 61: 1702-1708 (1989).
In matching a molecular mass calculated from a mass spectrometer to a molecular mass " predicted from a database, such as a genomic or expressed gene database, post-translation processing may have to be considered. There are various processing events which modify protein structure, including, proteolytic processing, removal of N-terminal methionine, acetylation, methylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, etc.
A database can be queried for a range of proteins matching the molecular mass of the unknown. The range window can be determined by the accuracy of the instrument, the method by which the sample was prepared, etc. Based on the number of hits (where a hit is match) in the spectrum, the unknown protein or peptide is identified or classified.
Methods of identifying one or more ADP by mass spectrometry are useful for diagnosis and prognosis of Alzheimer's disease. Preferably, such methods are used to detect one or more ADP present in human CSF. Exemplary techniques are described in U.S. Patent Applications 02/0060290, 02/0137106, 02/0138208, 02/0142343, 02/0155509, disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
Diagnostic and Prognostic Uses The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described~herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, screening assays, and pharmacogenetics as further described herein.
The invention provides diagnostic and prognostic assays for detecting ADP nucleic acids and proteins, as further described. Also provided are diagnostic and prognostic assays for detecting interactions between ADPs and ADP target molecules, particularly natural agonists and antagonists. The present invention provides methods for identifying polypeptides that are differentially expressed between two or more samples. "Differential expression" refers to differences in the protein expression from transcription through post-translational modification. For example, using protein array methods, two samples are bound to affinity spots on different sets of adsorbents (e.g., chips) and recognition maps are compared to identify polypeptides that are differentially retained by the two sets of adsorbents. Differential retention includes quantitative retention as well as qualitative differences in the polypeptide. For example, differences in post-translational modification of a protein can result in differences in recognition maps detectable as differences in binding characteristics (e.g., glycosylated proteins bind differently to lectin adsorbents) or differences in mass (e.g., post-translational cleavage products). In certain embodiments, an adsorbent can have an array of affinity spots selected for a combination of markers diagnostic for a disease or syndrome. Differences in polypeptide levels between samples (e.g., differentially expressed ADPs in CSF samples) can be identified by exposing the samples to a variety of conditions for analysis by desorption spectrometry (e.g., mass spectrometry). Unknown proteins can be identified by detecting physicochemical characteristics (e.g., molecular mass), and this information can be used to search databases for proteins having similar profiles.
Preferred methods of detecting an ADP utilize mass spectrometry techniques. Such methods provide information about the size and character of the particular ADP isoform that is present in a sample, e.g., a biological sample submitted for diagnosis or prognosis. Mass spectrometry techniques are detailed in the section titled "Detection of ADPs by mass spectrometry". Example 1 outlines a preferred detection scheme, wherein a biological sample is separated by chromatography before characterization by mass spectrometry. The invention provides a method of detecting an ADP in a biological sample comprising the steps of: fractionating a biological sample (e.g., CSF, plasma, serum, lymph, cell lysate of a particular tissue) by at least one chromatographic step; subjecting a fraction to mass spectrometry; and comparing the characteristics of polypeptide species observed in mass spectrometry with known characteristics of ADP polypeptides.
The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to detect ADP mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in an ADP-encoding gene, and to modulate an ADP activity, as described further below. In addition, the ADPs can be used to screen for naturally occurring ADP target molecules, and to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate ADP activity. Moreover, the anti- ADP antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate ADPs, regulate the bioavailability of ADPs, and modulate ADP activity.
Accordingly one embodiment of the present invention involves a method of use wherein a molecule of the present invention (e.g., an ADP, ADP nucleic acid, ADP modulator, or antibody) is used, for example, to diagnose and/or prognose a disorder in which any of the aforementioned ADP activities is indicated. In another embodiment, the present invention involves a method of use wherein a molecule of the present invention is used, for example, for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of subjects, preferably a human subject, in which any of the aforementioned activities is pathologically For example, the invention encompasses a method of determining whether an ADP is expressed within a biological sample comprising: a) contacting said biological sample with: i) a polynucleotide that hybridizes under stringent conditions to an ADP nucleic acid; or ii) a detectable polypeptide (e.g. antibody) that selectively binds to an ADP; and b) detecting the presence or absence of hybridization between said polynucleotide and an RNA species within said sample, or the presence or absence of binding of said detectable polypeptide to a polypeptide within said sample. Detection of said hybridization or of said binding indicates that said ADP is expressed within said sample. Preferably, the polynucleotide is a primer, and said hybridization is detected by detecting the presence of an amplification product comprising said primer sequence, or the detectable polypeptide is an antibody.
In certain embodiments, detection involves the use of a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195 and 4,683,202, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties), such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR) (see, e.g., Landegren et al. (1988) Science 241: 1077- 1080; and Nakazawa et al. (1994) PNAS 91:360-364, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the ADP -encoding-gene (see Abravaya et al. (1995) Nucleic Acids Res. 23:675- 682, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Also envisioned is a method of determining whether a mammal, preferably human, has an elevated or reduced level of expression of an ADP, comprising: a) providing a biological sample from said mammal; and b) comparing the amount of an ADP or of an ADP RNA species encoding an ADP within said biological sample with a level detected in or expected from a control sample. An increased amount of said ADP or said ADP RNA species within said biological sample compared to said level detected in or expected from said control sample indicates that said mammal has an elevated level of ADP expression, and a decreased amount of said ADP or said ADP RNA species within said biological sample compared to said level detected in or expected from said control sample indicates that said mammal has a reduced level of expression of an ADP.
The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic purposes.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining ADP and/or nucleic acid expression as well as ADP activity, in the context of a biological sample (e.g., CSF, blood, serum, cells, tissue) to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with aberrant ADP expression or activity. The invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing a disorder associated with an ADP, nucleic acid expression or activity. For example, mutations in an ADP-encoding gene can be assayed in a biological sample. individual prior to the onset of a disorder characterized by or associated with ADP expression or activity.
The term "biological sample" is intended to include tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from an individual, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within an individual. That is, the detection methods of the invention can be used to detect an ADP mRNA, protein, or genomic DNA in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. Preferred biological samples are biological fluids such as lymph, serum, plasma, blood, and especially CSF. For example, in vitro techniques for detection of an ADP mRNA include Northern hybridizations and in situ hybridizations. In vitro techniques for detection of an ADP include mass spectrometry, Enzyme Linked Immuno Sorbent
Assays (ELISAs), Western blots, immunoprecipitations and immunofluorescence. In vitro techniques for detection of an ADP -encoding genomic DNA include Southern hybridizations. Furthermore, in vivo techniques for detection of an ADP include introducing into an individual a labeled anti- ADP antibody. In preferred embodiments, the subject methods can be characterized by generally comprising detecting, in a tissue sample of the individual (e.g. a human patient), the presence or absence of a genetic lesion characterized by at least one of (i) a mutation of a gene encoding one of the subject ADP or (ii) the mis-expression of an ADP-encoding gene. To illustrate, such genetic lesions can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of (i) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the ADP-encoding gene, (ii) an addition of one or more nucleotides to the gene, (iii) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, (iv) a gross chromosomal rearrangement or amplification of the gene, (v) a gross alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene, (vi) aberrant modification of the gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, (vii) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene, and (vϋi) reduced level of expression, indicating lesion in regulatory element or reduced stability of an ADP-encoding transcript.
In yet another exemplary embodiment, aberrant methylation patterns of an ADP nucleic acid can be detected by digesting genomic DNA from a patient sample with one or more restriction endonucleases that are sensitive to methylation and for which recognition sites exist in the ADP- encoding gene (including in the flanking and intronic sequences). See, for example, Buiting et al. (1994) Human MoI Genet 3:893-895. Digested DNA -is.-se41ara.ted by gel electrophoresis, and hybridized with probes derived from, for example, genomic or cDNA sequences. The methylation status of the ADP-encoding gene can be determined by comparison of the restriction pattern generated from the sample DNA with that for a standard of known methylation. In yet another embodiment, a diagnostic assay is provided which detects the ability of an
ADP to bind to a cell surface or extracellular protein. For instance, it will be desirable to detect ADP mutants which, while expressed at appreciable levels in the cell, are defective at binding an ADP may arise, for example, from mutations, e.g., point mutants, which may be impractical to detect by the diagnostic DNA sequencing techniques or by the immunoassays described above. The present invention accordingly further contemplates diagnostic screening assays which generally comprise cloning one or more ADP-encoding gene from the sample tissue, and expressing the cloned genes under conditions which permit detection of an interaction between that recombinant gene product and a target protein. As will be apparent from the description of the various drug screening assays set forth herein, a wide variety of techniques can be used to determine the ability of an ADP to bind to other components. These techniques can be used to detect mutations in an ADP-encoding gene which give rise to mutant proteins with a higher or lower binding affinity for an ADP target protein relative to the wild-type ADP. Conversely, by switching which of the ADP target protein and ADP is the "bait" and which is derived from the patient sample, the subject assay can also be used to detect ADP target protein mutants which have a higher or lower binding affinity for an ADP relative to a wild type form of that ADP target protein. In an exemplary embodiment, a target protein can be provided as an immobilized protein (a
"target"), such as by use of GST fusion proteins and glutathione treated microtiter plates as described herein.
In another embodiment, the methods further involve obtaining a control biological sample from a control subject, contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA, such that the level of an ADP, mRNA, or genomic DNA is measured in the biological sample, and comparing the level of the ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample to that of the test sample. The invention also encompasses kits for detecting the presence of an ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in a biological sample. For example, the kit can comprise: a labeled compound or agent capable of detecting an ADP, mRNA or genomic DNA in a biological sample; means for determining the amount of an ADP in the sample; and means for comparing the amount of ADP in the sample with a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect ADP or nucleic acid.
Drug Screening Assays
The invention provides a method (also referred to herein as a "screening assay") for identifying candidate modulators (e.g., small molecules, peptides, antibodies, peptidomimetics or other drugs) which bind to ADPs, have a modulatory effect on, for example, ADP expression or preferably ADP biological activity. In some embodiments small molecules can be generated using combinatorial chemistry or can be obtained from a natural products library. Assays may be cell based or non-cell based assays. Drug screening assays may be binding assays or more preferentially functional assays, as further described. polypeptide or candidate modulator to induce an anti-Alzheimer's disease response, the body fluid analyzed for the level of at least one ADP is preferably from a non-human mammal. The non-human mammal is preferably one in which the induction of an anti- Alzheimer's disease response by endogenous and/or exogenous agents is predictive of the induction of such a response in a human.
Rodents (mice, rats, etc.) and primates are particularly suitable for use in this aspect of the invention.
Agents that are found, using screening assays as further described herein, to modulate ADP activity by at least 5%, more preferably by at least 10%, still more preferably by at least 30%, still more preferably by at least 50%, still more preferably by at least 70%, even more preferably by at least 90 %, may be selected for further testing as a prophylactic and/or therapeutic anti-Alzheimer's disease agent.
In another aspect, agents that are found, using screening assays as further described herein, to modulate ADP expression by at least 5%, more preferably by at least 10%, still more preferably by at least 30%, still more preferably by at least 50%, still more preferably by at least 70%, even more preferably by at least 90 %, may be selected for further testing as a prophylactic and/or therapeutic anti-Alzheimer's disease agent.
Agents that are found to modulate ADP activity may be used, for example, to modulate treatment regimens for Alzheimer's disease or to reduce the symptoms of Alzheimer's disease alone or in combination with other appropriate agents or treatments.
Protein array methods are useful for screening and drug discovery. For example, one member of a receptor/ ligand pair is docked to an adsorbent, and its ability to bind the binding partner is determined in the presence of the test substance. Because of the rapidity with which adsorption can be tested, combinatorial libraries of test substances can be easily screened for their ability to modulate the interaction. In preferred screening methods, ADPs are docked to the adsorbent. Binding partners are preferably labeled, thus enabling detection of the interaction.
Alternatively, in certain embodiments, a test substance is docked to the adsorbent. The polypeptides of the invention are exposed to the test substance and screened for binding.
In other embodiments, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity can be accomplished by monitoring the bioactivity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, insect origin, bacterial origin or a yeast cell. In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are target molecules of an ADP or biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is used with peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K. S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12: 145, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909; Erb et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994). J. Med. Chem. 37:2678; Cho et al. (1993) Science 261: 1303; Carrell et al. (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2059 and 2061; and in Gallop et al. (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:1233, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties .
Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Biotechniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991) Nature 354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993) Nature 364:555- 556), bacteria (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. '409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990) Science 249:386-390); (Devin (1990) Science 249:404-406); (Cwirla et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:6378-6382); (Felici (1991) J. MoI. Biol. 222:301-310); (Ladner supra).
Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate ADP activity can also be accomplished, for example, by coupling the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a label group such that binding of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof to its cognate target molecule can be determined by detecting the labeled ADP or biologically active portion thereof in a complex. For example, the extent of complex formation may be measured by immunoprecipitating the complex or by performing gel electrophoresis.
It is also within the scope of this invention to determine the ability of a compound to interact with its cognate target molecule without the labeling of any of the interactants. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with its cognate target molecule without the labeling of either the compound or the target molecule. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992) Science 257:1906-1912, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. A microphysiometer such as a cytosensor is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a Light-Addressable Potentiometric Sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between compound and receptor. In a preferred embodiment, the assay comprises: contacting a cell which expresses an ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a target molecule to form an assay mixture, contacting the the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof comprises: determining the ability of the test compound to modulate a biological activity of the ADP expressing cell (e.g., interaction with an ADP target molecule, as discussed above).
In another preferred embodiment, the assay comprises contacting a cell which is responsive to an ADP or biologically active portion thereof with an ADP or biologically active portion thereof, to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof comprises determining the ability of the test compound to modulate a biological activity of the ADP-responsive cell.
In another embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay comprising contacting a cell expressing an ADP target molecule (i.e. a molecule with which ADPs interact) with a test compound and determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP target molecule. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of an ADP target molecule can be accomplished, for example, by assessing the activity of a target molecule, or by assessing the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with the ADP target molecule.
Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to or interact with an ADP target molecule, for example, can be accomplished by one of the methods described above for directly or indirectly determining binding. In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the ADP or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds said ADP (e.g., an-ADP antibody or target molecule) to form an assay mixture, contacting the ADP with a test compound before or after said known compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with the ADP. Determining the ability of the test compound to interact with an ADP comprises deterrnining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to the ADP or biologically active portion thereof as compared to the known compound. Determining the ability of the ADP to bind to an ADP target molecule can also be accomplished using a technology such as real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA). Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991) Anal. Chem. 63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:699-705, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. As used herein, "BIA" is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real-time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules. In another embodiment, the assay is a cell-free assay in which an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof is determined. In a preferred can be accomplished by determining the activity of the target molecule. For example, the activity of the target molecule can be determined by contacting the target molecule with the ADP or a fragment thereof and measuring induction of a cellular second messenger of the target (e.g., cAMP, STAT3, Akt, intracellular Ca2+, diacylglycerol, IP3, etc.), detecting catalytic/enzymatic activity of the target for an appropriate substrate, detecting the induction of a reporter gene (comprising a target- responsive regulatory element operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a detectable marker, e.g., luciferase), or detecting a target-regulated cellular response, for example, signal transduction or protein:protein interactions. The cell-free assays of the present invention are amenable to use of both soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g. ADPs or biologically active portions thereof or molecules to which ADPs targets bind). In the case of cell-free assays in which a membrane-bound form an isolated protein is used it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent such that the membrane-bound form of the isolated protein is maintained in solution. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n- dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton TM X-IOO, Triton TM X-114, Thesit TM, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether)n,3-[(3- cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]- 1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3- cholanύdopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-l -propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N- dimethyl-3-ammonio-l -propane sulfonate.
In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the present invention, it may be desirable to immobilize either an ADP or its target molecule to facilitate separation of completed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to an ADP, or interaction of an ADP with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants and by any immobilization protocol described herein. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of ADP binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices can also be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either an ADP or an ADP target molecule can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated ADP or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin- coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with ADP or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the ADP to its target molecule can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or ADP trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the the ADP or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the ADP or target molecule.
In another embodiment, modulators of ADP expression are identified in a method wherein a cell is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of ADP mRNA or protein in the cell is determined. The level of expression of ADP mKNA or protein in the presence of the candidate compound is compared to the level of expression of ADP mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. The candidate compound can then be identified as a modulator of ADP expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of ADP mRNA or protein is greater (statistically significantly greater) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of ADP mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of ADP mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of ADP mRNA or protein expression. The level of ADP mRNA or protein expression in the cells can be determined by methods described herein for detecting ADP mRNA or protein.
In yet another aspect of the invention, the ADP can be used as "bait proteins" in a two- hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993) Cell 72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993) Biotechniques 14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993) Oncogene 8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with ADPs ("ADP-binding proteins" or "ADP-bp") and are involved in ADP activity. Such ADP-binding proteins are also likely to be involved in the propagation of signals by the ADP or ADP targets as, for example, downstream elements of an ADP-mediated signaling pathway. The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for an ADP or a fragment thereof is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming an ADP -dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the ADP. assays and to processes for producing such agents by use of these assays. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention includes a compound or agent obtainable by a method comprising the steps of any one of the aforementioned screening assays (e.g., cell-based assays or cell-free assays).
Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model. For example, an agent identified as described herein (e.g., an ADP modulating agent, or an ADP -binding partner) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent. Alternatively, an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent. Furthermore, this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
The present invention also pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for diagnoses, prognoses, prevention, and treatments as described herein. Accordingly, it is within the scope of the present invention to use such agents in the design, formulation, synthesis, manufacture, and/or production of a drug or pharmaceutical composition for use in diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment, as described herein. For example, in one embodiment, the present invention includes a method of synthesizing or producing a drug or pharmaceutical composition by reference to the structure and/or properties of a compound obtainable by one of the above-described screening assays. For example, a drug or pharmaceutical composition can be synthesized based on the structure and/or properties of a compound obtained by a method in which a cell which expresses an ADP target molecule is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to, or modulate the activity of, the ADP target molecule is determined. In another exemplary embodiment, the present invention includes a method of synthesizing or producing a drug or pharmaceutical composition based on the structure and/or properties of a compound obtainable by a method in which an ADP or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to, or modulate, the activity of the ADP or biologically active portion thereof is determined.
A nimal based drug screening
It is also advantageous to carry out drug screening assays in vivo. In vivo screening assays are carried out in nonhuman animals to discover effective ADP and ADP modulators that may play a role in Alzheimer's disease. Animal-based model systems of Alzheimer's disease include, but are not limited to, non-recombinant animals and transgenic animals. Non-recombinant, non-genetic animal models of Alzheimer's disease may include, for example, pig, rabbit, mice, or rat models in which the animal has been exposed to a drug inducing Brain Res. 647:44-56, 1994), or MK-801. They also include animals who have been surgically or chemically treated to induce a brain lesion, such as basal forebrain lesions (induced for example by stereotaxic injection of ibotenic acid in the nucleus basalis magnocellularis), fimbria-fornix lesions (for example electrolytically-induced), or septum lesions (induced for example by stereotaxic injection of vincristine).
In these animal models of the disease, the efficacy of the ADP-related composition in correcting the chemically- or surgically-induced defect can be evaluated.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
When polypeptides of the present invention are expressed in soluble form, for example as a secreted product of transformed yeast or mammalian cells, they can be purified according to standard procedures of the art, including steps of ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, gel filtration, electrophoresis, affinity chromatography, according to, e.g., "Enzyme Purification and Related Techniques," Methods in Enzymology, 22:233-577 (1977), and Scopes, R., Protein Purification: Principles and Practice (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1982) provide guidance in such purifications. Likewise, when polypeptides of the invention are expressed in insoluble form, for example as aggregates or inclusion bodies, they can be purified by appropriate techniques, including separating the inclusion bodies from disrupted host cells by centrifugation, solubilizing the inclusion bodies with chaotropic and reducing agents, diluting the solubilized mixture, and lowering the concentration of chaotropic agent and reducing agent so that the polypeptide takes on a biologically active conformation. The latter procedures are disclosed in the following references, which are incorporated by reference: Winkler et al, Biochemistry, 25: 4041-4045 (1986); Winkler et al, Biotechnology, 3: 992-998 (1985); Koths et al, U.S. patent 4,569,790; and European patent applications 86306917.5 and 86306353.3.
Compounds capable of detecting or modulating an ADP or an ADP biological activity, including small molecules, peptides, ADP nucleic acid molecules, and anti- ADP antibodies of the invention, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents,_dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic .
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL® (BASF, Parsippany, NJ.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Where the active compound is a protein, e.g., an anti-ADP antibody, sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and other required ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer. Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. Most preferably, active compound is delivered to a subject by intravenous injection.
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
In a further embodiment, the active compound may be coated on a microchip drug delivery device. Such devices are useful for controlled delivery of proteinaceous compositions into the bloodstream, cerebrospinal fluid, lymph, or tissue of an individual without subjecting such compositions to digestion or subjecting the individual to injection. Methods of using microchip drug delivery devices are described in US Patents 6123861, 5797898 and US Patent application 20020119176Al, disclosures of which are hereby incorporated in their entireties. It-is especially advantageous to formulate oral or preferably parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects. The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a given circulating concentration, subsequently used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
Alzheimer's disease therapy
The ADP modulators and ADP -related compositions of the invention can be used in the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's disease. Thus, in one aspect the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing an antibody, antibody fragment, ADP, or peptide modulator of ADP, preferably containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent is preferably adapted for oral, intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous administration. Pharmaceutical compositions may comprise or consist essentially of any of the ADPs, ADP-related compositions, ADP modulators, anti-ADP antibodies, or anti-ADP antibody fragments described herein.
A number of agents are useful for the treatment and prevention of Alzheimer's disease. Such agents may be used advantageously in combination with an ADP-related composition.
For example, cholinesterases inhibitors such as Aricept® (donepezil HCl), Exelon® (rivastigmine), Reminyl® (galantamine HBr) and Cognex® (tacrine), or N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDA) antagonists such as Namenda® (Memantime) are being used to alleviate the symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, and may be used advantageously in combination with an ADP- related composition of the invention. Having generally described this invention, a further understanding can be obtained by reference to certain specific examples which are provided herein for purposes of illustration only, and are not intended to be limiting unless otherwise specified.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Characterization of ADP in human Cerebrospinal Fluid CSF from 11 AD patients and from 11 matched controls (gender, age, ethnicity) were collected. Exclusion criteria for both groups included cancers, systemic chronic diseases, cirrhosis, renal failure, and more. Patients were assessed using the MMSE score and DSM-FV criteria and diagnosis was based upon the NINCDS-ARDA criteria.
0.91 ml of CSF of each of the 11 patients were pooled as well as 0.91 ml of CSF from each of the 11 matched controls. The total 10 mis of each of the 2 pools (disease and control) were then submitted to the separation process described below.
Step 1 : Transthyretin, transferrin, IgG and human albumin depletion To remove the CSF-abundant protein transferrin, an immunodepletion technique has been used, which is based on addition of anti-transferrin IgG, followed by incubation and retention of the transferrin-IgG complex on the protein G column used to deplete CSF IgG. Similarly, transthyretin which represents about 10% of total protein content in CSF, and which is the major component of low molecular weight protein fraction, was depleted by the immunodepletion technique.
Anti-transferrin and anti-transthyretin IgG were purified from commercial goat serum (Strategic Biosolution, USA) by affinity chromatography on Protein G Sepharose (Amersham, Uppsala, Sweden) accordingly to the chromatography gel manufacturer instructions.
4 mg of anti-Transthyretin IgG and 2 mg of anti-transferrin IgG were added to 12 ml of CSF. After 2 hours incubation at +40C, the CSF solution was applied to a Protein G Sepharose column (0.5 cm
X 17 cm) coupled to an HSA ligand Sepharose column (Amersham, Uppsala, Sweden) (0.5 cm X 13 cm).
After CSF injection, the two in-line columns are washed with Phosphate buffer 20 mM, NaCl 50 mM, pH 7.1, with a 1.5 ml/min flow rate, using an Akta Explorer chromatography system (Amersham, Uppsala, Sweden) equipped with 10 ml/min pumps. The non-retained protein fraction is used for the subsequent chromatography steps and frozen at -2O0C until use. The depletion columns Step 2: Concentration of depleted CSF by reverse phase capture
The non-retained, depleted, fraction is defrost, adjusted to 0.2% TFA concentration with a 10% TFA solution in water, and injected on a PLRPS 300A HPLC column (Polymer Laboratories, UK) (0.46 cm X 5 cm) at 1 ml/min. The column was washed with 0.2% TFA in 5% CH3CN. Proteins are eluted with a one-column volume gradient from 0% to 100% of 0.2% TFA in 80% CH3CN. The eluted fraction is used for the subsequent chromatography steps and frozen at -20°C until use.
Step 3 : In line Gel Filtration and cation exchange chromatography
The reverse phase capture eluate is defrost, concentrated to 0.5 ml by vacuum concentration in a Speed Vac concentrator and injected on a Biosec SEC3000 HPLC column (0.7 cm X 60 cm) coupled with a Source 15S column (0.3 cm X 5 cm) at 0.6 ml/min. The two in-line columns were equilibrated with 0.2% TFA in 30% CH3CN. The two in-line columns are disconnected during injection and elution of high molecular weight proteins. When an elution volume corresponding to an apparent molecular weight cut off of 25kDa is reached, the two columns are connected and washed with equilibration solution. Proteins adsorbed on the source 15S column are eluted with a biphasic linear gradient from 0% to 30% of Gly/HCl buffer 20 mM in, 8M urea, IM NaCl, pH2.7 (buffer B), in 2 ml followed by a 30% to 100% buffer B in 2 ml. Elution flow rate was 0.2 ml/min. 15 fractions were collected, based on time. The 6 fractions containing proteins (positive UV adsorption signal for 280 nm wavelength) are used for the following step.
Step 4: Reduction/ Alkylation and Reverse Phase HPLC Fractionation
After adjusting the pH to 8.5 with concentrated tris-HCl, each one of the 6 cation exchange fractions was reduced with dithioerythritol (DTE, 30 mM, 2 hours at 370C) and alkylated with iodoacetamid (120 mM, 30 min at 37°C in the dark, under agitation). The latter reaction was stopped with the addition of DTE (30 mM) followed by acidification (TFA, 0.1%). The fractions were then injected on a Vydac C4, 3 μm, 300 angstroms column (Vydac, CA, USA), 4.6 mm ID, and 100 mm length. C4 column was equilibrated and washed with 0.05 % TFA in water (solution A). Proteins and peptides were eluted with a biphasic gradient from 100% A until 100% B (0.1% TFA, 80% CH3CN in water) in 15 min. Flow rate was 0.8 ml/min. 15 fractions of 0.6 ml were collected.
Step 5: Mass detection 90 fractions were collected following reverse phase HPLC fractionation into 96-well deep well plates (DWP). 96-well plates (DWP) are recovered and subjected to concentration step. proteins are then digested by re-buffering, adding trypsin to the wells, sealing and incubating the plates at 37 C for 12 hours. The concentration of trypsin to be added to the wells was adjusted based on the OD at 210 run recorded for each particular fraction. This ensures an optimal use of trypsin and a complete digestion of the most concentrated fractions. Contents from each well of the 96 well plates are analyzed by LC-ESI-MS-MS on Bruker Esquire ESI Ion-Trap MS devices.
Step 6: Protein identification
The mass spectra collected in step 5 above (a total in excess of 55,500 spectra) were processed as described in the International Patent Application published as WO 04/013635, on the following databanks: human subsection of SwissProt, TrEMBL, TrEMBLNew, and GeneSeqP, Clustered ESTs from GenBank human dbEST, and predicted peptides from the human genome. This resulted in the identification of 3637 non-redundant protein sequences.
Example 2: Chemical Synthesis of ADPs
In this example, an ADP of the invention is synthesized. Peptide fragment intermediates are first synthesized and then assembled into the desired polypeptide.
An ADP can initially be prepared in, e.g. 5 fragments, selected to have a Cys residue at the N-terminus of the fragment to be coupled. Fragment 1 is initially coupled to fragment 2 to give a first product, then after preparative HPLC purification, the first product is coupled to fragment 3 to give a second product. After preparative HPLC purification, the second product is coupled to j fragment 4 to give a third product. Finally, after preparative HPLC purification, the third product is coupled to fragment 5 to give the desired polypeptide, which is purified and refolded. Thioester formation
Fragments 2, 3, 4, and 5 are synthesized on a thioester generating resin, as described above. For this purpose the following resin is prepared: S-acetylthioglycolic acid pentafluorophenylester is coupled to a Leu-PAM resin under conditions essentially as described by Hackeng et al (1999). In the first case, the resulting resin is used as a starting resin for peptide chain elongation on a 0.2 mmol scale after removal of the acetyl protecting group with a 30 min treatment with 10% mercaptoethanol, 10% piperidine in DMF. The Nα of the N-terminal Cys residues of fragments 2 through 5 are protected by coupling a Boc-thioproline (Boc-SPr, i.e. Boc-L-thioproline) to the terminus of the respective chains instead of a Cys having conventional Nαor Sp protection, e.g. Brik et al, J. Org. Chem., 65: 3829-3835 (2000). Peptide synthesis
Solid-phase synthesis is performed on a custom-modified 433A peptide synthesizer from tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate (HBTU) activation protocols for stepwise Boc chemistry chain elongation, as described by Schnόlzer et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193 (1992). Each synthetic cycle consists of Nα-Boc -removal by a 1 to 2 min treatment with neat TFA, a 1-min DMF flow wash, a 10-min coupling time with 2.0 mmol of preactivated Boc-amino acid in the presence of excess DIEA and a second DMF flow wash. Nα-Boc-amino acids (2 mmol) are preactivated for 3 min with 1.8mmol HBTU (0.5 M in DMF) in the presence of excess DEEA (6mmol). After coupling of GIn residues, a dichloromethane flow wash is used before and after deprotection using TFA, to prevent possible high temperature (TFA/DMF)-catalyzed pyrrolidone carboxylic acid formation. Side-chain protected amino acids are Boc-Arg(p-toluenesulfonyl)-OH, Boc-Asn(xanthyl)-OH, Boc-Asp(O-cyclohexyl)-OH, Boc-Cys(4-methylberi2yl)-OH, BoC-GIu(O- cyclohexyl)-OH, Boc-His(dinitrophenylbenzyl)-OH, Boc-Lys(2-Cl-Z)-OH, Boc-Ser(benzyl)-OH, Boc-Thr(benzyl)-OH, Boc-Trp(cyclohexylcarbonyl)-OH and Boc-Tyr(2-Br-Z)-OH (Oφegen Pharma, Heidelberg, Germany). Other amino acids are used without side chain protection. C- terminal Fragment 1 is synthesized on a preloaded Boc-amino acyl PAM resin (0.4-0.7 mmol/g) at a 0.2 mmol scale, while for Fragments 2 through 5 machine-assisted synthesis is started on the Boc- Xaa-S-CH2-CO-Leu-Pam resin. This resin is obtained by the coupling of S-trityl-mercaptoacetic acid to a Leu-PAM resin under standard conditions. The resulting resin is used as a starting resin for peptide chain elongation on a 0.2 mmol scale after removal of the trityl protecting group with a 2xl5min treatment with 95% TFA1 2.5% H2O5 2.5% TIS.
After chain assembly is completed, the peptide fragments are deprotected and cleaved from the resin by treatment with anhydrous hydrogen fluoride for lhr at 00C with 5% p-cresol as a scavenger. In all cases except Fragment 1, the imidazole side chain 2,4-dinitrophenyl (DNP) protecting groups remain on His residues because the DNP -removal procedure is incompatible with C-terminal thioester groups. However DNP is gradually removed by thiols during the ligation reaction, yielding unprotected His. After cleavage, peptide fragments are precipitated with ice-cold diethylether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile and lyophilized. The peptide fragments are purified by RP-HPLC with a C18 column from Waters by using linear gradients of buffer B (acetonitile/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) in buffer A (HO/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) and UV detection at 214nm. Samples are analyzed by electrospray mass spectrometry (ESMS) using an Esquire instrument (Briicker, Bremen , Germany), or like instrument. Native chemical ligations
As described more fully below, the ligation of unprotected fragments is performed as follows: the dry peptides are dissolved in equimolar amounts in 6M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl), 0.2M phosphate, pH 7.5 in order to get a final peptide concentration of 1-8 mM at a pH around 7, and 1% benzylmercaptan, 1% thiophenol is added. Usually, the reaction is carried out subsequently treated to remove protecting groups still present. Opening of the N-terminal thiazolidine ring further required the addition of solid methoxamine to a 0.5M final concentration at pH3.5 and a further incubation for 2h at 37°C. A 10-fold excess of Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine is added before preparative HPLC purification. Fractions containing the polypeptide chain are identified by ESMS, pooled and lyophilized.
The ligation of fragments 4 and 5 is performed at pH7.0 in 6 M GuHCl. The concentration of each reactant is 8mM, and 1% benzylmercaptan and 1% thiophenol were added to create a reducing environment and to facilitate the ligation reaction. An almost quantitative ligation reaction is observed after overnight stirring at 37°C. At this point in the reaction, CH3-O-NH2-HCl is added to the solution to get a 0.5M final concentration, and the pH adjusted to 3.5 in order to open the N- terminal thiazolidine ring. After 2h incubation at 370C, ESMS is used to confirm the completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture is subsequently treated with a 10-fold excess of Tris(2- carboxyethylphosphine) over the peptide fragment and after 15min, the ligation product is purified using the preparative HPLC (e.g., C4, 20-60% CH3CN, 0.5% per min), lyophilized, and stored at - 200C.
The same procedure is repeated for the remaining ligations with slight modifications. Polypeptide Folding The full length peptide is refolded by air oxidation by dissolving the reduced lyophilized protein (about 0.1 mg/mL) in IM GuHCl, 10OmM Tris, 1OmM methionine, pH 8.6 After gentle stirring overnight, the protein solution is purified by RP-HPLC as described above.
Example 3: Synthesis of ADP 23 and ADP 9
The two polypeptides were prepared by SPPS on a 0.2 mmolscale using machine-assisted protocols on a custom-modified Applied Biosystems model 433 A peptide synthesizer, using in situ neutralization/HCTU activation procedure for Boc chemistry as described (Schnόlzer et al., Int. J.
Peptide Protein Res., 40: 180-193, 1992). The two peptides were synthesized on the appropriate
Boc-amino acyl -Pam preloaded resin.
After chain assembly was completed, the peptides were deprotected and cleaved from the resin by treatment with anhydrous HF for Ih at 0°C with 5% p-cresol as scavenger. The peptides were precipitated with diethyl ether, dissolved in aqueous acetonitrile, lyophilized and purified by preparative RP-HPLC on a Waters 600 HPLC module using a Vydac C8 5 urn 300A, 22x250mm column. Peptide identity was confirmed by ESI-MS with a Bruker Esquire 3000 Ion Trap (Bruker
Daltonics, Bremen, DE), Analytical RP-HPLC of all the products was performed on a Waters 2690 HPLC module with a
214nm UV detection, using a Symmetry 300 C18 column , with a linear gradient of buffer B in Data were recorded and analysed using the software system Millennium 32.
Synthesis of ADP 23: In the case of ADP 23, 54 mg pure material was obtained from the purification of 300mg crude peptide. The synthesized sequence was:
DPTFIPAPIQAKTSPVDEKALQDQLVLVAAK Number of residues: 31 Theoretical relative molecular mass, reduced form: 3304.86
Analytical data:
Experimental relative molecular mass, reduced form: 3304 67
Protein purity: 97.00 % (by RP-HPLC analysis, column Waters Symmetry 300A, C 18, 5μm, UV detection 214nm) .
Material available as a TFA salt; estimated net protein content: 70-80%. Readily soluble in water at 5 mg/ml.
Synthesis of ADP 9: In the case of ADP 9, 48 mg pure material was obtained from the purification of 300mg crude peptide.
The synthesized sequence was:
EEEGSANRRPEDQELESLSAIEAELEKVAHQLQALRR
Number of residues: 37 Theoretical relative molecular mass, reduced form: 4232.63
Analytical data:
Experimental relative molecular mass, reduced form- 4233.34
Protein purity: 91.17 % (by RP-HPLC analysis, column Waters Symmetry 300A, C18, 5μm, UV detection 214nm).
Material available as a TFA salt; estimated net protein content: 70-80% Readily soluble in water at 5 mg/ml. Substantially pure ADP or a portion thereof is obtained. The concentration of protein in the final preparation is adjusted, for example, by concentration on an Amicon filter device, to the level of a few micrograms per ml. Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to the protein are then prepared as described in the sections titled "Monoclonal antibodies" and "Polyclonal antibodies."
Briefly, to produce an anti-ADP monoclonal antibody, a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the ADP or a portion thereof over a period of a few weeks. The mouse is then sacrificed, and the antibody producing cells of the spleen isolated. The spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media comprising aminopterin (HAT media). The successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued. Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody in the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as originally described by Engvall, E., Meth. Enzymol. 70: 419 (1980), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Davis, L. et al. Basic Methods in Molecular Biology Elsevier, New York. Section 21-2, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
For polyclonal antibody production by immunization, polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies to heterogeneous epitopes in the ADP or a portion thereof are prepared by immunizing a mouse with the ADP or a portion thereof, which can be unmodified or modified to enhance immunogenicity. Any suitable nonhuman animal, preferably a non-human mammal, may be selected including rat, rabbit, goat, or horse.
Antibody preparations prepared according to either the monoclonal or the polyclonal protocol are useful in quantitative immunoassays which determine concentrations of ADP in biological samples; or they are also used semi-quantitatively or qualitatively to identify the presence of antigen in a biological sample. The antibodies may also be used.in-therapeutic compositions for killing cells expressing the protein or reducing the levels of the protein in the body.
Example 5: In vitro effects of ADP 9 and ADP 23 on cortical neurons survival Primary cultures of rat cortical neurons
A female rat of 17 days gestation was killed by cervical dislocation; the fetuses were removed from the uterus. Their brains were removed and placed in ice-cold medium of Leibovitz (L 15, Gibco, Invitrogen, Cergy-Pontoise, France). Cortex were dissected and meninges were carefully removed. The cortical neurons were dissociated by trypsinization for 30 min at 370C (trypsin-EDTA Gibco) in presence of DNAse I (Roche, Meylan). The reaction was stopped by addition of medium of Eagle suspension was triturated with a 10-ml pipette and using a needle syringe 2 IG and centrifiiged at 350 x g for 10 min at room temperature. The pellets of dissociated cells were resuspended in culture medium containing Neurobasal medium (Gibco) with 2% of B27 supplement (Gibco) and 0.5 mM of glutamine (Gibco). Viable cells were counted in a Neubauer cytometer using the trypan blue exclusion test (Sigma ref T8154) and seeded on the basis of 4 000 cells per well in 96 well-plates (TPP) precoated with poly-L-lysine. Cells were allowed to adhere 2-3h and maintained in a humidified incubator at 37°C in 5 % CO2-95 air atmosphere. Test compounds were then added to the medium.
Stock solution of ADP 9 and ADP 23 were prepared in distilled water (Gibco) at 1 mM.
BDNF (Tebu, Peprotech) was tested at 50 ng/ml as a reference compound.
All dilutions were made in culture medium Final concentration of water was fixed at 1%.
Evaluation of survival
After 3 days of treatment, neuronal survival was assayed by measuring acid phosphatase activity according to a method known in the art. Briefly, after removal of the culture medium, cells were rinsed with 100 μl of PBS (Phosphatase Buffer Saline, Gibco), after 100 μl of buffer containing 0.1 M sodium acetate (pH 5.5), 0.1% Triton XlOO and lmg/ml p-nitrophenyl phosphate (Sigma) was added. Reaction was stopped by addition of 10 μl of IN NaOH. Enzyme activity was measured at 405 nm in a microplate reader (Labsystems Multiskan Bichromatic).
Data analysis
A global analysis of the data was done using a one way analysis of variance (ANOVA). Where applicable, Fisher's PLSD test was used for multiple pairwise comparison. The level of significance was set at p < 0.05.
*** significant from intoxicated group (p < 0.001, Fisher's test) ** significant from intoxicated group (p < 0.01, Fisher's test) * significant from intoxicated group (p < 0.05, Fisher's test)
Results
BDNF, used (at 50 ng/ml) as reference compound, significantly enhanced cortical neurons survival. The experiment was run in triplicate, on 3 different primary cells cultures. The results for ADP 23 are shown in Figure 1. ADP 23 displays a significant effect on cortical neurons survival. neurons survival.

Claims

1. A method of screening for and /or diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease in a subject, comprising the steps of:
(a) detecting and /or quantifying the level of one or more polypeptide(s) in a biological sample from said subject, wherein the polypeptide(s) is (are) selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's Disease Polypeptides (ADPs) 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: ADPs 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; and ϋi) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ϋ) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(b) comparing said level to that of a control sample, wherein a decrease in said level relative to that of the control is indicative of Alzheimer's disease.
2. A method of predicting Alzheimer's disease in a subject, comprising the steps of:
(a) detecting and /or quantifying the level of one or more polypeptide(s) in a biological sample from said subject, wherein the polypeptide(s) is (are) selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease Polypeptides (ADPs) 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: ADPs 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; and iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(b) comparing said level to that of a control sample, wherein a decrease in said level relative to that of the control indicates a risk of developing Alzheimer's disease.
3. A method of screening for and /or diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease in a subject, comprising the steps of:
(a) detecting and /or quantifying the level of one or more polypeptide(s) in a biological sample from said subject, wherein the polypeptide(s) is (are) selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease Polypeptides (ADPs) 10-20 and 23; ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ϋ) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(b) comparing said level to that of a control sample, wherein an increase in said level relative to that of the control is indicative of Alzheimer's disease.
4. A method of predicting Alzheimer's disease in a subject, comprising the steps of:
(a) detecting and /or quantifying the level of one or more polypeptide(s) in a biological sample from said subject, wherein the polypeptide(s) is (are) selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease Polypeptides (ADPs) 10-20 and 23; ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: ADPs 10-20 and 23; and iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(b) comparing said level to that of a control sample, wherein an increase in said level relative to that of the control indicates a risk of developing Alzheimer's disease.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein said biological sample is Cerebrospinal Fluid.
6. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein said method is performed ex vivo.
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein said polypeptide is detected and /or quantified by mass spectrometry.
8. The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein said polypeptide is detected and /or quantified by Enzyme-Linked Immuno Sorbent Assay.
9. A method of identifying a Alzheimer's disease Polypeptide (ADP) modulator comprising the steps of: i) contacting a test compound with a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of
ADPs 1-25 under sample conditions permissive for at least one ADP biological activity; ii) determining the level of said at least one ADP biological activity; iii) comparing said level to that of a control sample lacking said test compound; and ADP modulator for the prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
10. A method of identifying a modulator of Alzheimer's disease comprising the steps of:
(a) administering a candidate agent to a non-human test animal which is predisposed to be affected or which is affected by Alzheimer's disease;
(b) administering the candidate agent of (a) to a matched control non-human animal not predisposed to be affected or not being affected by Alzheimer's disease;
(c) detecting and /or quantifying the level of a polypeptide in a biological sample obtained from the non-human test animal of step (a) and from the control animal of step (b), wherein the polypeptide is selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in
Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); and iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(d) comparing the levels of the polypeptide of step (c); wherein a displacement of the level of the polypeptide in the biological sample obtained from the non-human test animal towards the level of the polypeptide in the biological sample obtained from the control animal indicates that the candidate agent is a modulator of Alzheimer's disease.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the non-human test animal which is predisposed to be affected or which is affected by Alzheimer's disease comprises a decreased Cerebrospinal Fluid level of a polypeptide selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; ii) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 1-9, 21-22, and 24-25; and iii) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the non-human test animal which is predisposed to be affected a polypeptide selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 10-20, and 23; ϋ) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of ADPs 10-20, and 23;; and ϋi) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long.
13. A method for monitoring the efficacy of a treatment of a subject having or at risk of developing Alzheimer's disease with an agent, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining a pre-administration biological sample from the subject prior to administration of the agent;
(b) detecting and /or quantifying the level of a polypeptide in the biological sample from said subject, wherein the polypeptide is selected from: i) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); ϋ) a variant, with at least 75% sequence identity, having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions relative to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the amino acid sequences listed in Table 2 (ADPs 1-25); and ϋi) a fragment of a polypeptide as defined in i) or ii) above which is a least ten amino acids long; and
(c) obtaining one or more post-administration biological samples from the subject;
(d) detecting the level of the polypeptide in the post-administration sample or samples;
(e) comparing the level of the polypeptide in the pre-administration sample with the level of the polypeptide in the post- administration sample; and
(f) adjusting the administration of the agent accordingly.
14. An isolated polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of a Alzheimer's disease Polypeptide
(ADP) selected from the group of ADPs 22, 24-25.
15. An isolated polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 14.
16. A method of preventing neuronal loss in an individual comprising: administering an effective 7. The use of an effective amount of ADP 9 in the preparation of a drug for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease.
PCT/EP2005/009875 2004-09-14 2005-09-14 Secreted polypeptide species involved in alzheimer’s disease WO2006029838A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US61008204P 2004-09-14 2004-09-14
US60/610,082 2004-09-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006029838A2 true WO2006029838A2 (en) 2006-03-23
WO2006029838A3 WO2006029838A3 (en) 2006-07-06

Family

ID=35285248

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/009875 WO2006029838A2 (en) 2004-09-14 2005-09-14 Secreted polypeptide species involved in alzheimer’s disease

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2006029838A2 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014014353A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2014-01-23 Nederlandse Organisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek Tno New classification method for spectral data
US20140287947A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Biomarkers and methods for predicting preeclampsia
US10392665B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2019-08-27 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Biomarker pairs for predicting preterm birth
US11662351B2 (en) 2017-08-18 2023-05-30 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Pregnancy clock proteins for predicting due date and time to birth

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001075454A2 (en) * 2000-04-03 2001-10-11 Oxford Glycosciences (Uk) Ltd. Diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP1408333A2 (en) * 2001-10-03 2004-04-14 Pfizer Products Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001075454A2 (en) * 2000-04-03 2001-10-11 Oxford Glycosciences (Uk) Ltd. Diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP1408333A2 (en) * 2001-10-03 2004-04-14 Pfizer Products Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
EDER U ET AL: "Levels and proteolytic processing of chromogranin A and B and secretogranin II in cerebrospinal fluid in neurological diseases" JOURNAL OF NEURAL TRANSMISSION, SPRINGER VERLAG, VIENNA, AT, vol. 105, no. 1, 1998, pages 39-51, XP002256794 ISSN: 0300-9564 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014014353A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2014-01-23 Nederlandse Organisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek Tno New classification method for spectral data
US20140287947A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Biomarkers and methods for predicting preeclampsia
US10392665B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2019-08-27 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Biomarker pairs for predicting preterm birth
US10961584B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2021-03-30 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Biomarker pairs for predicting preterm birth
US11662351B2 (en) 2017-08-18 2023-05-30 Sera Prognostics, Inc. Pregnancy clock proteins for predicting due date and time to birth

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006029838A3 (en) 2006-07-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20070082363A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species reduced cardiovascular disorders
WO2006005583A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species involved in multiple sclerosis
US20080227125A1 (en) Secreted Polypeptide Species Reduced in Cardiovascular Disorders
US20070009955A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associated with cardiovascular disorders
WO2006029838A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species involved in alzheimer’s disease
WO2005015206A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associated with cardiovascular disorders
JP2005533086A5 (en)
WO2006069765A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species involved in multiple sclerosis
WO2006005586A2 (en) New polypeptide species specific to cerebrospinal fluid
WO2004097424A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species reduced in cardiovascular disorders
EP1634086A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associated with cardiovascular disorders
US20060148690A1 (en) Secreted peptides
WO2006005585A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species differentially expressed during pregnancy
WO2005019825A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species and use thereof
US20070105169A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associated with cardiovascular disorders
US20060147447A1 (en) Secreted peptides
US20070098635A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associatedwith cardiovascular disorders
EP1626986A2 (en) Secreted polypeptide species associated with cardiovascular disorders
WO2004005331A2 (en) Peptides derived from pep133 (g1p3, 6-16)
WO2005003782A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species reduced in cardiovascular disorders
CA2512629A1 (en) Secreted polypeptide species (fragments from chitotriosidase) reduced in cardiovascular disorders
WO2006005591A1 (en) Polypeptide species useful for the treatment of neurological disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 69(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 05.07.2007)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 05787425

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 5787425

Country of ref document: EP